You are on page 1of 217

TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
SECTION AT B

AT

E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 5 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and F
Accurate Repair .......................................................22
APPLICATION NOTICE ...................................... 5 A/T Electrical Parts Location ...................................28
How to Check Vehicle Type ...................................... 5 Circuit Diagram ........................................................29 G
Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis .....................29
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................. 6 Road Test ................................................................33
Alphabetical Index ..................................................... 6 Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs ........38
DTC No. Index .......................................................... 7 H
Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releas-
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................10 es .............................................................................38
Symptom Chart ........................................................39
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value .............59 I
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION) ..............60
SIONER" ................................................................. 10
Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III ............68
Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System
of A/T and Engine (For Type 2) ............................... 10 J
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ..... 71
Precaution ............................................................... 10 Description ...............................................................71
Service Notice or Precaution ................................... 11 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................71
Possible Cause ........................................................71 K
PREPARATION ..................................................12
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................71
Special Service Tool ............................................... 12
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value .............71
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 12
Wiring Diagram - AT - CAN .....................................72 L
A/T FLUID ...........................................................14
Changing A/T Fluid ................................................. 14
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............. 73
Description ...............................................................73
Checking A/T Fluid .................................................. 14 M
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................17 Mode ........................................................................73
Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models) ...................... 17 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................73
Cross-Sectional View (4WD Models) ...................... 18 Possible Cause ........................................................73 N
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................73
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value .............73
(FOR TYPE 2) .....................................................19 Wiring Diagram - AT - STSIG ..................................74 O
Introduction ............................................................. 19
OBD Function for A/T System ................................. 19 DTC P0700 TCM ............................................... 75
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD ................ 19 Description ...............................................................75
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................75 P
OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ..................... 19
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................ 20 Possible Cause ........................................................75
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................21
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 21 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
Fail-Safe .................................................................. 21 SWITCH ............................................................. 76
Description ...............................................................76

Revision: 2008 January AT-1 D40


CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Possible Cause ....................................................... 92
Mode ....................................................................... 76 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 92
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 76
Possible Cause ....................................................... 76 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 76 SOLENOID VALVE ........................................... 94
Wiring Diagram - AT - PNP/SW .............................. 77 Description .............................................................. 94
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SEN- Mode ....................................................................... 94
SOR .................................................................... 78 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 94
Description .............................................................. 78 Possible Cause ....................................................... 94
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 94
Mode ....................................................................... 78
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 78 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-
Possible Cause ....................................................... 78 UP) ..................................................................... 96
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 78 Description .............................................................. 96
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T Mode ....................................................................... 96
(REVOLUTION SENSOR) ................................. 80 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 96
Description .............................................................. 80 Possible Cause ....................................................... 96
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 96
Mode ....................................................................... 80
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 80 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
Possible Cause ....................................................... 80 VALVE ............................................................... 98
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 80 Description .............................................................. 98
Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSA/T ............................... 82 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................... 98
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .............. 83 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 98
Description .............................................................. 83 Possible Cause ....................................................... 98
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 98
Mode ....................................................................... 83
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 83 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR... 99
Possible Cause ....................................................... 83 Description .............................................................. 99
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 83 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................... 99
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION ........... 84 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99
Description .............................................................. 84 Possible Cause ....................................................... 99
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 84 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 99
Possible Cause ....................................................... 84
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 84 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SEN-
SOR CIRCUIT ................................................... 100
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION ........... 86 Description ............................................................ 100
Description .............................................................. 86 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 86 Mode ..................................................................... 100
Possible Cause ....................................................... 86 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 100
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 86 Possible Cause ..................................................... 100
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 100
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION ........... 88 Wiring Diagram - AT - FTS ................................... 101
Description .............................................................. 88
Component Inspection .......................................... 101
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 88
Possible Cause ....................................................... 88 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR.. 103
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 88 Description ............................................................ 103
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION ........... 90 Mode ..................................................................... 103
Description .............................................................. 90
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 103
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 90
Possible Cause ..................................................... 103
Possible Cause ....................................................... 90 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 103
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 90
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK ........................... 104
DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION ........... 92 Description ............................................................ 104
Description .............................................................. 92 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 104
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 92

Revision: 2008 January AT-2 D40


Possible Cause ..................................................... 104 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 104 Mode ...................................................................... 115 A
Judgment of A/T Interlock ..................................... 104 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 115
Possible Cause ...................................................... 115
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING ........ 105 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 115
Description ............................................................ 105 B
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
Mode ..................................................................... 105 CUIT ................................................................ 117
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 105 Wiring Diagram - AT - MAIN .................................. 117 AT
Possible Cause ..................................................... 105 TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value ........... 117
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 105
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE D
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT ......... 119
VALVE .............................................................. 106 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Description ............................................................ 106 Mode ...................................................................... 119
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor E
Mode ..................................................................... 106 BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT .............................. 120
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 106 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Possible Cause ..................................................... 106 Mode ...................................................................... 120 F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 106 Component Inspection ........................................... 120

DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID 1ST POSITION SWITCH ................................. 121
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor G
VALVE .............................................................. 108
Description ............................................................ 108 Mode ...................................................................... 121
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Inspection ........................................... 121
Mode ..................................................................... 108 H
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH .................. 122
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 108
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Possible Cause ..................................................... 108
Mode ...................................................................... 122
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 108 I
Component Inspection ........................................... 122
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS .... 123
VALVE .............................................................. 110 Wiring Diagram - AT - NONDTC ........................... 123 J
Description ............................................................ 110 TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value ........... 125
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ........ 126
Mode ..................................................................... 110
Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position .. 126
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 110 K
In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ....... 127
Possible Cause ..................................................... 110 In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves .............................. 127
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 110 Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position) .......................... 128
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position.. 130 L
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE .......................... 112 Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position .. 132
Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1 ....................... 134
Description ............................................................ 112
A/T Does Not Shift: D1→ D2 .................................. 135 M
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
A/T Does Not Shift: D2→ D3 .................................. 137
Mode ..................................................................... 112
A/T Does Not Shift: D3→ D4 .................................. 139
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 112
A/T Does Not Shift: D4→ D5 .................................. 140
Possible Cause ..................................................... 112 N
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ............................. 142
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 112
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ................... 143
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID Lock-up Is Not Released ....................................... 144
Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle ................. 145 O
VALVE .............................................................. 114
Description ............................................................ 114 A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear ............. 146
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear ............. 147
Mode ..................................................................... 114 A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear ............ 148 P
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 114 A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear ............ 149
Possible Cause ..................................................... 114 Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake ..... 151
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 114
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 153
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID Control Device Removal and Installation ............... 153
VALVE FUNCTION .......................................... 115 Control Cable Removal and Installation ................ 154
Description ............................................................ 115 Adjustment of A/T Position .................................... 155

Revision: 2008 January AT-3 D40


Checking of A/T Position .......................................155 Location of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .......................... 192
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................. 156
Description .............................................................156 DISASSEMBLY ................................................ 195
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ..........156 Disassembly .......................................................... 195
Wiring Diagram - A/T - SHIFT ................................157
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS .............. 202
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ............................... 158 Oil Pump ............................................................... 202
Removal and Installation .......................................158 Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ..... 202
Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Re-
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .................................. 160 verse Clutch Hub .................................................. 204
Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Tempera- Direct Clutch ......................................................... 205
ture Sensor 2 .........................................................160
Parking Component (2WD Models Only) ...............163 ASSEMBLY ...................................................... 207
Rear Oil Seal .........................................................165 Assembly (1) ......................................................... 207
Revolution Sensor Component (2WD Models Assembly (2) ......................................................... 212
Only) ......................................................................166
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
AIR BREATHER HOSE ................................... 170 (SDS) ................................................................ 215
Removal and Installation .......................................170 General Specification ............................................ 215
Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs ..... 215
A/T FLUID COOLER ........................................ 172 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releas-
Removal and Installation .......................................172 es .......................................................................... 216
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY ......................... 174 Stall Speed ............................................................ 216
Line Pressure ........................................................ 217
Removal and Installation .......................................174
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 217
OVERHAUL ..................................................... 178 Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) ... 217
Component ............................................................178 Turbine Revolution Sensor ................................... 217
Oil Channel ............................................................190 Reverse Brake ...................................................... 217
Total End Play ....................................................... 217

Revision: 2008 January AT-4 D40


APPLICATION NOTICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION A
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003304648
B
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-42 ) to confirm the service information in AT section.
AT
Service information Engine models Remarks
QR25DE Refer to GI-41, "Model Variation".
Without EGR volume control valve. D

TYPE 1 YD25DDTi With vacuum control throttle actu-


ator (1) and step motor type EGR
F
volume control valve (2).

G
MBIB1800E

With electric control throttle actu- I


TYPE 2 YD25DDTi ator (1) and DC motor type EGR
volume control valve (2).
J

MBIB1750E
K

Revision: 2008 January AT-5 D40


INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INDEX FOR DTC
Alphabetical Index INFOID:0000000002978336

NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-71.
TYPE 1

Items
(CONSULT- III screen terms) DTC*1 Reference page

A/T 1ST E/BRAKING P1731 AT-105


A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 AT-84
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 AT-86
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 AT-88
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 AT-90
A/T 5TH GR FNCTN P0735 AT-92
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 AT-104
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 AT-96
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P1710 AT-100
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 AT-71
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 AT-110
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-83
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 AT-108
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 AT-112
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 AT-106
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 AT-98
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 AT-114
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 AT-115
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 AT-76
STARTER RELAY/CIRC P0615 AT-73
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 AT-94
TCM P0700 AT-75
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 AT-99
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P0717 AT-78
VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR P1721 AT-103
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 AT-80
*1: These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.

TYPE 2

DTC*1
Items OBD Except OBD
Reference page
(CONSULT- III screen terms)
MIL*2, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III only
CONSULT-III or GST “TRANSMISSION”
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING — P1731 AT-105
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 P0731 AT-84
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 P0732 AT-86

Revision: 2008 January AT-6 D40


INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
A
Items OBD Except OBD
Reference page
(CONSULT- III screen terms)
MIL*2, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III only
CONSULT-III or GST “TRANSMISSION”
B
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 P0733 AT-88
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 P0734 AT-90
A/T 5TH GR FNCTN P0735 P0735 AT-92 AT
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 P1730 AT-104
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 P0744 AT-96
D
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 P1710 AT-100
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 U1000 AT-71
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 P1762 AT-110 E
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 P0725 AT-83
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 P1757 AT-108
F
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 P1767 AT-112
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 P1752 AT-106
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 P0745 AT-98 G
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 P1772 AT-114
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 P1774 AT-115
H
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 P0705 AT-76
STARTER RELAY/CIRC — P0615 AT-73
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 P0740 AT-94 I
TCM P0700 P0700 AT-75
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 P1705 AT-99
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P1716 P0717 AT-78 J
VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR — P1721 AT-103
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 P0720 AT-80
K
*1: These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*2: Refer to AT-20, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".

DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000002978337


L

NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis M
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-71.
TYPE 1
N
Items
DTC*1 (CONSULT- III screen terms)
Reference page

P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC AT-73 O


P0700 TCM AT-75
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-76
P
P0717 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-78
P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-80
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-83
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-84
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-86
P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-88

Revision: 2008 January AT-7 D40


INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items
DTC*1 (CONSULT- III screen terms)
Reference page

P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-90


P0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN AT-92
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-94
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-96
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-98
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-99
P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-100
P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR AT-103
P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-104
P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING AT-105
P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-106
P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-108
P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-110
P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-112
P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-114
P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-115
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT AT-71
*1: These number are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.

TYPE 2

DTC*1
OBD Except OBD Items
Reference page
(CONSULT- III screen terms)
MIL*2, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III only
CONSULT-III or GST “TRANSMISSION”
— P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC AT-73
P0700 P0700 TCM AT-75
P0705 P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-76
P1716 P0717 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-78
P0720 P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-80
P0725 P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-83
P0731 P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-84
P0732 P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-86
P0733 P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-88
P0734 P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-90
P0735 P0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN AT-92
P0740 P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-94
P0744 P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-96
P0745 P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-98
P1705 P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-99
P0710 P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-100
— P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR AT-103
P1730 P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-104
— P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING AT-105
P1752 P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-106

Revision: 2008 January AT-8 D40


INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
A
OBD Except OBD Items
Reference page
(CONSULT- III screen terms)
MIL*2, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III only
CONSULT-III or GST “TRANSMISSION”
B
P1757 P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-108
P1762 P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-110
P1767 P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-112 AT
P1772 P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-114
P1774 P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-115
D
U1000 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT AT-71
*1: These number are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*2: Refer to AT-20, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)". E

Revision: 2008 January AT-9 D40


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000003120225

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM” and “SEAT BELTS” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of A/T and Engine (For Type 2)
INFOID:0000000003305052

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal
before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid
valves, etc. Will cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. May cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000002978339

• This section describes the procedures of installation, removal, inspection, and measurement for
related parts of the transmission.
• For the procedure of assembly and disassembly for RE5R05A transmission, refer to A/T (RE5R05A)
UNIT MANUAL.
• Difference from A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL is as pre the follows:
- Transmission assembly components
- Input clutch components
- Mid sun gear, rear sun gear, high and low reverse clutch hub components
- Direct clutch components
• Before connecting or disconnecting the A/T assembly har-
ness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the
battery cable from the negative terminal. Because battery
voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned
OFF.
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform “DTC
Confirmation Procedure”.
If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed in
the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
• Always use the specified brand of ATF. Refer to MA-14.
• Use lint-free paper not cloth rags during work.
SEF289H

Revision: 2008 January AT-10 D40


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After replacing ATF, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc.
• Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transmission. It is important to pre- A
vent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
• Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
• Use lint-free paper or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere
B
with the operation of the transmission.
• Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
• All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly. AT
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transmission is disassembled.
• It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
• The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced. D
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent springs
and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
• Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
• Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and E
seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
• Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
• After overhaul, refill the transmission with new ATF. F
• When the drain plug is removed, only some of the ATF is drained. Old ATF will remain in torque converter
and A/T fluid cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under “Changing A/T Fluid” in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer to
AT-14, "Changing A/T Fluid", AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid". G

Service Notice or Precaution INFOID:0000000003305053

H
OBD SELF-DIAGNOSIS (FOR TYPE 2)
• A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the A/T CHECK indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on
AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic I
result.
• The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM memo-
ries. J
Always perform the procedure on AT-19, "OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)" to complete the
repair and avoid unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
For details of OBD, refer to EC-344.
K
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-53.

Revision: 2008 January AT-11 D40


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000002978340

Tool number
Description
Tool name
ST2505S001 Measuring line pressure
Oil pressure gauge set
1. ST25051001
Oil pressure gauge
2. ST25052000
Hose
3. ST25053000
Joint pipe
4. ST25054000
Adapter SCIA3695J
5. ST25055000
Adapter
KV31103600 Measuring line pressure
Joint pipe adapter
(With ST25054000)

ZZA1227D

ST33400001 • Installing rear oil seal (2WD models)


Drift • Installing oil pump housing oil seal
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.

NT086

KV31102400 Installing reverse brake return spring retainer


Clutch spring compressor
a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
b: 174 mm (6.85 in)

NT423

ST25850000 Remove oil pump assembly


Sliding hammer
a: 179 mm (7.05 in)
b: 70 mm (2.76 in)
c: 40 mm (1.57 in)
d: M12X1.75P

NT422

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000002978341

Revision: 2008 January AT-12 D40


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Tool name Description
A
Drift Installing manual shaft oil seals
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.

AT
NT083

Drift Installing rear oil seal (4WD models)


a: 64 mm (2.52 in) dia.
D

SCIA5338E

Revision: 2008 January AT-13 D40


A/T FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/T FLUID
Changing A/T Fluid INFOID:0000000002978342

1. Warm up ATF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Loosen level gauge bolt.
4. Remove A/T fluid level gauge.
5. Remove drain plug and drain ATF from drain hole.
6. Install drain plug gasket and drain plug to oil pan.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
7. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-160,
"Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
8. Refill with new ATF. Always refill same volume with drained ATF.
• To replace the ATF, pour in new ATF at A/T fluid charging pipe SCIA4896E
with the engine idling and at the same time drain the old ATF
from A/T fluid cooler hose return side.
• When the color of the ATF coming out is about the same as the color of the new ATF, the replacement is
complete. The amount of new ATF to use should be 30 to 50% increase of the specified amount.

ATF: Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J


Fluid capacity: 10.3 (9-1/8 lmp qt)
CAUTION:
• Use only Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J. Do not mix with other ATF.
• Using ATF other than Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J will cause deterioration in driveability
and A/T durability, and may damage the A/T, which is not covered by the warranty.
• When filling ATF, take care not to spillover heat generating parts such as exhaust.
9. Run engine at idle speed for 5 minutes.
10. Check A/T fluid level and condition. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid". If ATF is still dirty, repeat step 2
through 9.
11. Install the removed A/T fluid level gauge into A/T fluid charging pipe.
12. Tighten level gauge bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-174, "Removal and Installation".
Checking A/T Fluid INFOID:0000000002978343

1. Warm up engine.
2. Check for A/T fluid leakage.
3. Loosen level gauge bolt.

Revision: 2008 January AT-14 D40


A/T FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Before driving, A/T fluid level can be checked at A/T fluid tem-
peratures of 30 to 50°C (86 to 122°F) using “COLD” range on A/ A
T fluid level gauge as follows.
a. Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake.
b. Start engine and shift the selector lever through each gear posi- B
tion. Leave selector lever in “P” position.
c. Check A/T fluid level with engine idling.
d. Remove A/T fluid level gauge and wipe clean with lint-free AT
paper.
CAUTION:
When wiping away A/T fluid level gauge, always use lint- D
free paper, not a cloth one.
e. Reinsert A/T fluid level gauge into A/T fluid charging pipe as far
as it will go.
E
CAUTION:
To check A/T fluid level, insert A/T fluid level gauge until the
cap contacts the end of A/T fluid charging pipe, with A/T
fluid level gauge reversed from the normal attachment con- F
ditions.
f. Remove A/T fluid level gauge and note reading. If reading is at
low side of range, add ATF to A/T fluid charging pipe. G
CAUTION: JPDIA0587GB

Do not overfill.
5. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas. H
6. Make the A/T fluid temperature approximately 65°C (149°F).
NOTE:
A/T fluid level will be greatly affected by temperature as shown in figure. Therefore, be certain to
perform operation while checking data with CONSULT-III. I

N
SLIA0016E

a. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.


b. Read the value of “ATF TEMP 1”. O
7. Recheck A/T fluid level at A/T fluid temperatures of approximately 65°C (149°F) using “HOT” range on A/
T fluid level gauge.
CAUTION: P
• When wiping away A/T fluid level gauge, always use lint-free paper, not a cloth one.

Revision: 2008 January AT-15 D40


A/T FLUID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• To check A/T fluid level, insert A/T fluid level gauge until
the cap contacts the end of A/T fluid charging pipe, with
A/T fluid level gauge reversed from the normal attachment
conditions as shown.
8. Check A/T fluid condition.
• If ATF is very dark or smells burned, check operation of A/T.
Flush cooling system after repair of A/T.
• If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.),
replace radiator and flush cooler line using cleaning solvent
and compressed air after repair of A/T. Refer to CO-13
(QR25DE), CO-35 (YD25DDTi). SCIA2899E

9. Install the removed A/T fluid level gauge into A/T fluid charging
pipe.
10. Tighten level gauge bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-174,
"Removal and Installation".

SCIA4896E

Revision: 2008 January AT-16 D40


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
A
Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models) INFOID:0000000002978344

AT

I
SCIA7318E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear J


4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump K
13. 3rd one-way clutch 14. Front brake 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Rear extension 20. Output shaft L

Revision: 2008 January AT-17 D40


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Cross-Sectional View (4WD Models) INFOID:0000000002978345

SCIA5268E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear


4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. Front brake 14. 3rd one-way clutch 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Adapter case 20. Output shaft

Revision: 2008 January AT-18 D40


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM (FOR TYPE 2)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM (FOR TYPE 2)
A
Introduction INFOID:0000000003304652

The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems. B


The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD) performed by the TCM in combination with
the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in the
ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the A/T CHECK indicator lamp. The malfunction is AT
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD self-diagnostic items. For detail,
refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
D
OBD Function for A/T System INFOID:0000000003304653

The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD) functions for the A/T system. One function is
to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the ECM E
when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a diagnos-
tic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches and
solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
F
The MIL automatically illuminates in “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” when a malfunction is sensed in rela-
tion to A/T system parts.
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD INFOID:0000000003304654
G

ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC


If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in H
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC I
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — 1st trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — 2nd trip
J
The “Trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) INFOID:0000000003304655
K

HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC


DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. L
( with CONSULT-III or GST) CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0720 etc.
These DTC are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. M
• Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. How-
ever, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or
occurred in the past and returned to normal. N
CONSULT-III can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-III (if available) is recom-
mended.
- DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE”
O
with CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a
DTC.
- If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
- If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”. P
Freeze Frame Data
ECM records driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine speed,
vehicle speed, and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data stored together with DTC is called Freeze Frame Data, and is displayed on CONSULT-III or GST.
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, Freeze Frame Data is not recorded.

Revision: 2008 January AT-19 D40


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM (FOR TYPE 2)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Only a set of Freeze Frame Data can be stored in the ECM memory. When ECM records Freeze Frame Data,
and another Freeze Frame Data is generated after that, the first (original) Freeze Frame Data is not updated in
ECM and it remains.
When the DTC is erased from ECM memory, Freeze Frame Data is erased with DTC. The procedure for eras-
ing DTC is described in “HOW TO ERASE DTC”.
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-III, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following.
• If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
• When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-III or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD. For details, refer to EC-344, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
• Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values

HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-III)


The emission related diagnostic information in the TCM and ECM can be erased by selecting “All Erase” in the
“Description” of “FINAL CHECK” mode with CONSULT-III.

HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)


1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform “Erase Self-diagnosis”. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". (The engine
warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
3. Perform “How to Erase DTC (With GST)”. Refer to EC-344, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)
The A/T CHECK indicator lamp is located on the instrument panel.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform “Erase Self-diagnosis”. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". (The engine
warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
3. Perform “How to Erase DTC (No Tool)”. Refer to EC-344, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000003304656

DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
• If the MIL does not light up, refer to EC-529.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.

SEF217U

Revision: 2008 January AT-20 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000002978346

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority B
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-71. AT

Priority Detected items (DTC)


1 U1000 CAN communication line D
2 Except above

Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000002978347 E

The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is an error in a
main electronic control input/output signal circuit. In fail-safe mode A/T is fixed in 2nd, 4th or 5th (depending
on the breakdown position), so the customer should feel “slipping” or “poor acceleration”. F
Even when the electronic circuits are normal, under special conditions (for example, when slamming on the
brake with the wheels spinning drastically and stopping the tire rotation), the transmission can go into fail-safe
mode. If this happens, switch OFF the ignition switch for 10 seconds, then switch it ON again to return to the G
normal shift pattern. Therefore, the customer's vehicle has returned to normal, so handle according to “WORK
FLOW” (Refer to AT-22, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair").
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION H
If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the A/T to mark driving possible.
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Signals are input from two systems - from vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) installed on the A/T I
and from combination meter so normal driving is possible even if there is a malfunction in one of the systems.
And if vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) has unusual cases, 5th gear is prohibited.
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor J
If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM according
to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow systems,
the engine speed is fixed by ECM to a pre-determined engine speed to make driving possible. K
PNP Switch
In the unlikely event that a malfunction signal enters the TCM, the position indicator is switched OFF, the
starter relay is switched OFF (starter starting is disabled), the back-up lamp relay switched OFF (back-up lamp L
is OFF) and the position is fixed to the “D” position to make driving possible.
Starter Relay
The starter relay is switched OFF. (Starter starting is disabled.) M
A/T Interlock
• If there is an A/T interlock judgment malfunction, the A/T is fixed in 2nd gear to make driving possible.
NOTE: N
When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed,
but this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction.
• When interlock is detected at the 3rd gear or more, it is locked at the 2nd gear. O
A/T 1st Engine Braking
When there is an A/T first gear engine brake judgment malfunction, the low coast brake solenoid is switched
OFF to avoid the engine brake operation. P
Line Pressure Solenoid
The solenoid is switched OFF and the line pressure is set to the maximum hydraulic pressure to make driving
possible.
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
The solenoid is switched OFF to release the lock-up.
Low Coast Brake Solenoid

Revision: 2008 January AT-21 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs, in order to make driving possible. If the solenoid is ON,
the A/T is held in 2nd gear. If the solenoid is OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear. (Engine brake is not applied in
1st and 2nd gear.)
Input Clutch Solenoid
If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear
to make driving possible.
Direct Clutch Solenoid
If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear
to make driving possible.
Front Brake Solenoid
If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid ON, in order to make driving possible, the A/
T is held in 5th gear. If the solenoid is OFF, the A/T 4th gear.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Solenoid
If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear
to make driving possible.
Turbine Revolution Sensor 1 or 2
The control is the same as if there were no turbine revolution sensors, 5th gear is prohibited.
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair INFOID:0000000002978348

INTRODUCTION
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, accelera-
tor pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor) or PNP switch and
provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
transmitted from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts
of the A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is
capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store
malfunctions in its memory. (For TYPE 2)
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good oper-
ating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunc-
SAT631IB
tion, etc.

It is much more difficult to diagnose an error that occurs intermit-


tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused
by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful
checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of
good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test
with CONSULT-III (or GST*) or a circuit tester connected should be
performed. Follow the "WORK FLOW".
*: TYPE 2 only.

SAT632I

Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a


customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such errors, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET” as
shown on the example (Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET")
should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” errors first. This will
help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled
engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins.
SEF234G

Revision: 2008 January AT-22 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WORK FLOW
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. A
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symp-
toms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, "Information From Customer" and "Diagnostic Worksheet Chart", B
to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
Work Flow Chart
For TYPE 1 AT

SCIA8472E
O
*1. "Information From Customer" *2. "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" *3. AT-21
*4. AT-29 *5. AT-29 *6. AT-29
*7. AT-33 *8. AT-60 *9. AT-71 P
*10. AT-115 *11. AT-123 *12. AT-151
*13. AT-39 *14. AT-60 *15. AT-68
*16. AT-71 *17. AT-115 *18. AT-68

Revision: 2008 January AT-23 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For TYPE 2

SCIA7146E

*1. "Information From Customer" *2. "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" *3. AT-21


*4. AT-29 *5. AT-29 *6. AT-33
*7. AT-60 *8. AT-19 *9. AT-21
*10. AT-71 *11. AT-115 *12. AT-123
*13. AT-39 *14. AT-19 *15. AT-71
*16. AT-115 *17. EC-344

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information from Customer

KEY POINTS
• WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model
• WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
• WHERE..... Road conditions
• HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms

Revision: 2008 January AT-24 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN A


Trans. Model Engine Mileage
Malfunction Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
Frequency o Continuous o Intermittent (times a day)
B

Symptoms o Vehicle does not move. (o Any position o Particular position)


o No up-shift (o 1st → 2nd o 2nd → 3rd o 3rd → 4th o 4th → 5th) AT
o No down-shift (o 5th → 4th o 4th → 3rd o 3rd → 2nd o 2nd → 1st)
o Lock-up malfunction
o Shift point too high or too low. D
o Shift shock or slip (o N → D o Lock-up o Any drive position)
o Noise or vibration
E
o No kick down
o No pattern select
o Others F
( )
OD OFF indicator lamp o Continuously lit o Not lit

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)* o Continuously lit o Not lit G

*: TYPE 2 only.

Diagnostic Worksheet Chart H

1 o Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint. AT-21
o A/T fluid inspection AT-29 I
2 o Leak (Repair leak location.)
o State
o Amount J
o Stall test and line pressure test AT-29
o Stall test
o Torque converter one-way clutch o 1st one-way clutch K
o Front brake o 3rd one-way clutch
3 o High and low reverse clutch o Engine
o Low coast brake o Line pressure low
L
o Forward brake o Except for input clutch and direct
o Reverse brake clutch, clutches and brakes OK
o Forward one-way clutch
o Line pressure inspection - Suspected part: M

Revision: 2008 January AT-25 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
o Perform all road tests and enter checks in required inspection items. AT-33
Check Before Engine Is Started AT-33
o AT-126, "OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On"
o Perform self-diagnosis. Enter checks for detected items. AT-60, AT-68
o DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE AT-71
o DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT AT-73
o DTC P0700 TCM AT-75
o DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH AT-76
o DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR AT-78
o DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) AT-80
o DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL AT-83
o DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION AT-84
o DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION AT-86
o DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION AT-88
o DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION AT-90
4-1
o DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION AT-92
o DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AT-94
o DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) AT-96
o DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE AT-98
o DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AT-99
o DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT AT-100
o DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR AT-103
o DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-104
o DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING AT-105
4 o DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AT-106
o DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE AT-108
o DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AT-110
o DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AT-112
o DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE AT-114
o DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION AT-115
Check at Idle AT-33
o AT-126, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position"
o AT-127, "In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed"
4-2 o AT-127, "In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves"
o AT-128, "Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position)"
o AT-130, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position"
o AT-132, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position"
Cruise Test AT-33
Part 1
o AT-134, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1"
o AT-135, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1→ D2"
o AT-137, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2→ D3"
4-3
o AT-139, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3→ D4"
o AT-140, "A/T Does Not Shift: D4→ D5"
o AT-142, "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up"
o AT-143, "A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition"
o AT-144, "Lock-up Is Not Released"
o AT-145, "Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle"

Revision: 2008 January AT-26 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Part 2 AT-33
A
o AT-134, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1"
o AT-135, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1→ D2"
o AT-137, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2→ D3"
o AT-139, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3→ D4" B
Part 3 AT-33
o AT-146, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear"
o AT-147, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear" AT
o AT-148, "A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear"
o AT-149, "A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear"
o AT-151, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake"
o Perform self-diagnosis. Enter checks for detected items. AT-60, AT-68 D
o DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE AT-71
o DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT AT-73
o DTC P0700 TCM AT-75 E
o DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH AT-76
o DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR AT-78
o DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) AT-80
4 4-3
o DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL AT-83 F
o DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION AT-84
o DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION AT-86
o DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION AT-88
o DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION AT-90 G
o DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION AT-92
o DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AT-94
o DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) AT-96
H
o DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE AT-98
o DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AT-99
o DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT AT-100
o DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR AT-103 I
o DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-104
o DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING AT-105
o DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AT-106
o DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE AT-108 J
o DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AT-110
o DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AT-112
o DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE AT-114
o DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION AT-115 K
5 o Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnosis and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6 o Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items. AT-29
L
o For any remaining NG items, perform the “Diagnosis Procedure” and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. AT-39
7
See the chart for diagnosis by symptoms. (This chart also contains other symptoms and inspection procedures.)
8 o Erase the results of the self-diagnostics from TCM and ECM*. AT-19
M
*: TYPE 2 only.

Revision: 2008 January AT-27 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/T Electrical Parts Location INFOID:0000000002978349

JPDIA0571GB

Revision: 2008 January AT-28 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000002978350

AT

JSDWA0001GB
P

Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000002978351

A/T FLUID CHECK


A/T Fluid Leakage and A/T Fluid Level Check
Inspect for A/T fluid leakage and check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".

Revision: 2008 January AT-29 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/T Fluid Condition Check
Inspect the A/T fluid condition.

Fluid condition Conceivable cause Required operation


Replace the ATF and check the A/T
Varnished (viscous Clutch, brake main unit and the vehicle for mal-
varnish state) scorched functions (wire harnesses, cooler
pipes, etc.)
Replace the ATF and check for plac-
Milky white or cloudy Water in the fluid
es where water is getting in.
Unusual wear of
Large amount of met- Replace the ATF and check for im-
sliding parts within
al powder mixed in proper operation of the A/T. SAT638A
A/T

STALL TEST
Stall Test Procedure
1. Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary.
2. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/
T fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the
amount of ATF. Replenish if necessary.

SAT647B

3. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
4. Engine start, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D”
position.

SAT513G

5. While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the
accelerator pedal.
6. Quickly read off the stall speed, then quickly remove your foot
from the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION:
Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 sec-
onds during this test.

Stall speed
QR25DE : 2,350 – 2,650 rpm
SAT514G
YD25DDTi : 2,700 – 3,100 rpm
7. Shift the selector lever to the “N” position.
8. Cool down the ATF.
CAUTION:
Run the engine at idle for at least 1 minute.

Revision: 2008 January AT-30 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Repeat steps 5 through 8 with selector lever in “3”, “2”, “1” and “R” positions.
Judgment of Stall Test A

Selector lever position


Expected problem location B
“D”, “3”, “2”
“R”
and “1”
• Forward brake
• Forward one-way clutch AT
H O
• 1st one-way clutch
• 3rd one-way clutch
Stall rotation
O H • Reverse brake D
L L • Engine and torque converter one-way clutch
H H • Line pressure low
E
O: Stall speed within standard value position
H: Stall speed higher than standard value
L: Stall speed lower than standard value
F
Stall test standard value position
Does not shift-up “D” position 1 → 2 Slipping in 2nd, 3rd or 4th gear Direct clutch slippage
Does not shift-up “D” position 2 → 3 Slipping in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear High and low reverse clutch slippage G
Does not shift-up “D” position 3 → 4 Slipping in 4th or 5th gear Input clutch slippage
Does not shift-up “D” position 4 → 5 Slipping in 5th gear Front brake slippage
H
LINE PRESSURE TEST
Line Pressure Test Port
I

SCIA2187E L
Line Pressure Test Procedure
1. Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary.
M
2. Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the ATF reaches in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F), then inspect the amount of ATF and replenish if necessary.
NOTE:
The A/T fluid temperature rises in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) during 10 minutes of driving. N
3. After warming up remove the oil pressure detection plug and
install the oil pressure gauge (ST2505S001).
CAUTION: O
When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use O-ring
attached to the oil pressure detection plug.
P

SCIA0574E

Revision: 2008 January AT-31 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.

SAT513G

5. Start the engine, then measure the line pressure at both idle and
the stall speed.
CAUTION:
• Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during
measurement.
• When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed.
Refer to "STALL TEST".
6. After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure
detection plug and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to AT-
178, "Component".
CAUTION: SAT493G
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply ATF to O-ring.
Line Pressure

Line pressure kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)


Engine speed
“R” position “D” position
At idle speed 425 – 465 (4.3 – 4.6, 4.4 – 4.7, 62 – 67) 379 – 428 (3.8 – 4.2, 3.9 – 4.3, 55 – 62)
At stall speed 1,605 – 1,950 (16.0 – 19.5, 16.4 – 19.8, 233 – 282) 1,310 – 1,500 (13.1 – 15.0, 13.4 – 15.3, 190 – 217)

Judgment of Line Pressure Test

Judgment Possible cause


Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output.
For example
Low for all positions • Oil pump wear
(“P”, “R”, “N” and “D”) • Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue
• Oil strainer ⇒ oil pump ⇒ pressure regulator valve passage oil leak
• Engine idle speed too low
Only low for a specific Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
Idle speed position the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment
function.
For example
High • Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
• A/T fluid temperature sensor malfunction
• Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking in OFF state, filter clog, cut line)
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking

Revision: 2008 January AT-32 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Judgment Possible cause
A
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment func-
tion.
For example
Oil pressure does not
• Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction B
rise higher than the oil
• TCM malfunction
pressure for idle.
• Line pressure solenoid malfunction (shorting, sticking in ON state)
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
• Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged AT
Stall speed Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the
pressure adjustment function.
The pressure rises, but For example D
does not enter the stan- • Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
dard position. • Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking, filter clog)
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
• Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged E
Only low for a specific Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
position the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
F
Road Test INFOID:0000000002980503

DESCRIPTION G
• The road test inspects overall performance of A/T and analyzes possible malfunction causes.
• The road test is perform in the following three stages.
1. Check before engine is started.
H
2. Check at idle.
3. Cruise test.
• Inspect all the items from Part 1 to Part 3.
I
• Before beginning the road test, check the test procedure and inspection items.
• Test all inspection items until the symptom is uncovered. Include NG items in “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”
(Refer to AT-22). Perform a diagnosis of the NG items after the completion of all the road tests.
J
CHECK BEFORE ENGINE STARTED
1.CHECK OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP
K
1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Shift the selector lever to “P” position.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) L
Does OD OFF indicator lamp light up for about 2 seconds?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III and record all
NG items on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”.
3. Go to “CHECK AT IDLE”. N
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Perform the self-diagnosis and record all NG items on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”. Refer to
AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". O
3. Go to “CHECK AT IDLE”.
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-126, "OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On".
CHECK AT IDLE P

1.CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE


1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Shift the selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Start the engine.
Does the engine start?

Revision: 2008 January AT-33 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-126, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position".
2.CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Shift the selector lever in “D”, “3”, “2”, “1” or “R” position.
3. Start the engine.
Does the engine start in any positions?
YES >> Stop the road test and go to AT-126, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK “P” POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Shift the selector lever to “P” position.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Push the vehicle forward or backward.
5. Engage the parking brake.
When you push the vehicle with the parking brake released, does it move?
YES >> Enter a check mark at AT-127, "In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed" on “Diagnostic
Worksheet Chart”, GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK “N” POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Start the engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to “N” position.
3. Release the parking brake.
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
YES >> Enter a check mark at AT-127, "In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”,
GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK SHIFT SHOCK
1. Engage the brake.
2. Shift the selector lever to “D” position.
When the A/T is shifted from “N” to “D”, is there an excessive shock?
YES >> Enter a check mark at AT-128, "Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position)" on “Diagnostic Worksheet
Chart”, GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK “R” POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Engage the brake.
2. Shift the selector lever to “R” position.
3. Release the brake for 4 to 5 seconds.
Does the vehicle creep backward?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-130, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position" on “Diagnostic
Worksheet Chart”, GO TO 7.
7.CHECK “D” POSITION FUNCTIONS
Inspect whether the vehicle creep forward when the A/T is put into the “D” position.
Does the vehicle creep forward in “D” position?
YES >> Go to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1”.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-132, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position" on “Diagnostic
Worksheet Chart”, then continue the road test. Go to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1”.
CRUISE TEST - PART 1
1.CHECK STARTING OUT FROM D1

Revision: 2008 January AT-34 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes to warm up the engine oil and ATF.
Appropriate temperature for the ATF: 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) A
2. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Shift the selector lever to “P” position.
4. Start the engine.
B
5. Shift the selector lever to “D” position.
6. Press accelerator pedal about half-way down to accelerate the vehicle.
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR” with “DATA MONITOR” mode. AT
Starts from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-134, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1" on “Diagnostic Worksheet D
Chart”, GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2 E
Press down accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D1 → D2) at the appropriate
speed. Refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs".
With CONSULT-III F
Read the value of “GEAR”, “ACCELE POSI” and “VEHICLE SPEED” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-135, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1→ D2" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”,
GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3 H
Press down accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D2 → D3) at the appropriate
speed. Refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs".
With CONSULT-III I
Read the value of “GEAR”, “ACCELE POSI” and “VEHICLE SPEED” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-137, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2→ D3" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”,
GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4 K

Press down accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D3 → D4) at the appropriate
speed. Refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs".
L
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR”, “ACCELE POSI” and “VEHICLE SPEED” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 at the correct speed?
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-139, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3→ D4" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”,
GO TO 5.
N
5.CHECK SHIFT-UP D4 → D5
Press down accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D4 → D5) at the appropriate
speed. Refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs". O
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR”, “ACCELE POSI” and “VEHICLE SPEED” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Does the A/T shift-up D4 → D5 at the correct speed? P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-140, "A/T Does Not Shift: D4→ D5" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”,
GO TO 6.
6.CHECK LOCK-UP
When releasing accelerator pedal (closed throttle position signal: OFF) from D5, check lock-up from D5 to L/U.
Refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases".

Revision: 2008 January AT-35 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “TCC SOLENOID” with “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function
(TRANSMISSION)".
Does it lock-up?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-142, "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”,
GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LOCK-UP HOLD
Check hold lock-up.
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “TCC SOLENOID” with “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function
(TRANSMISSION)".
Does it maintain lock-up status?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-143, "A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" on “Diagnostic Worksheet
Chart”, GO TO 8.
8.CHECK LOCK-UP RELEASE
Check lock-up cancellation by depressing brake pedal lightly to decelerate.
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “TCC SOLENOID” with “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function
(TRANSMISSION)".
Does lock-up cancel?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-144, "Lock-up Is Not Released" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”, GO
TO 9.
9.CHECK SHIFT-DOWN D5 → D4
Decelerate by pressing lightly on brake pedal.
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR” and “ENGINE SPEED” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
When the A/T shift-down D5 → D4, does the engine speed drop smoothly back to idle?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Go to “CRUISE TEST - PART 2”.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-145, "Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle" on “Diagnostic Worksheet
Chart”, then continue the road test. Go to “CRUISE TEST - PART 2”.
CRUISE TEST - PART 2
1.CHECK STARTING FROM D1
1. Shift the selector lever to “D” position.
2. Accelerate at half throttle.
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Does it start from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-134, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1" on “Diagnostic Worksheet
Chart”, GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2
Press accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the A/T shifts up (D1 → D2) at the correct
speed. Refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs".
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR”, “ACCELE POSI” and “VEHICLE SPEED” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?

Revision: 2008 January AT-36 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-135, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1→ D2" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”, A
GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3
B
Press accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the A/T shifts up (D2 → D3) at the correct
speed. Refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs".
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR”, “ACCELE POSI” and “VEHICLE SPEED” with “DATA MONITOR” mode. AT
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-137, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2→ D3" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”, D
GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4 AND ENGINE BRAKE E
When the A/T changes speed D3 → D4, return accelerator pedal.
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR” with “DATA MONITOR” mode. F
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 and apply the engine brake?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Go to “CRUISE TEST - PART 3”. G
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-139, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3→ D4" on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”,
then continue the road test. Go to “CRUISE TEST - PART 3”.
CRUISE TEST - PART 3 H
1.CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
1. Push overdrive control switch. (OD OFF indicator lamp is off.) I
2. Confirm gear selector lever is in “D” position.
3. Accelerate vehicle using half throttle to D5.
4. Release accelerator pedal.
5. Push overdrive control switch. (OD OFF indicator lamp is on.) while driving in D5. J
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Does A/T shift from D5 to D4 (OD OFF)? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at AT-146, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear" on the “Diagnostic
Worksheet Chart”, GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
During D4 driving, is downshift from “D” → “3” → “2” → “1” performed? M
With CONSULT-III
Read the value of “GEAR” with “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Is downshifting correctly performed? N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift” at the corresponding position (4th → 3rd, 3rd → 2nd,
2nd → 1st) on the “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”, GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Check engine brake.
P
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in 11 position?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Perform the self-diagnosis and record all NG items on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”. Refer to
AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".

Revision: 2008 January AT-37 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III
1. Enter a check mark at AT-151, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the “Diag-
nostic Worksheet Chart”.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III
1. Enter a check mark at AT-151, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the “Diag-
nostic Worksheet Chart”.
2. Perform the self-diagnosis and record all NG items on “Diagnostic Worksheet Chart”. Refer to
AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs INFOID:0000000003275936

2WD MODELS

Throttle Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Engine models
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D1
Full 49 – 53 80 – 88 125 – 135 194 – 204 190 – 200 115 – 125 69 – 77 32 – 38
throttle (30 – 33) (50 – 55) (78 – 84) (121 – 127) (118 – 124) (71 – 78) (43 – 48) (20 – 24)
QR25DE
Half 36 – 40 59 – 65 91 – 99 127 – 135 99 – 107 63 – 71 44 – 50 11 – 15
throttle (22 – 25) (37 – 40) (57 – 62) (79 – 84) (62 – 66) (39 – 44) (27 – 31) (7 – 9)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Throttle Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Engine models Final ratio
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D1
Full 39 – 43 63 – 71 99 – 109 146 – 156 142 – 152 89 – 99 50 – 58 21 – 25
throttle (24 – 27) (39 – 44) (62 – 68) (91 – 97) (88 – 94) (55 – 62) (31 – 36) (13 – 16)
3.357
Half 33 – 37 53 – 59 84 – 92 115 – 123 86 – 94 57 – 65 37 – 43 8 – 12
throttle (21 – 23) (33 – 37) (52 – 57) (71 – 76) (53 – 58) (35 – 40) (23 – 27) (5 – 7)
YD25DDTi
Full 32 – 36 52 – 60 82 – 92 125 – 135 121 – 131 72 – 82 39 – 47 11 – 15
throttle (20 – 22) (32 – 37) (51 – 57) (78 – 84) (75 – 81) (45 – 51) (24 – 29) (7 – 9)
3.916
Half 28 – 32 45 – 51 71 – 79 98 – 106 73 – 81 49 – 57 31 – 37 6 – 10
throttle (17 – 20) (28 – 32) (44 – 49) (61 – 66) (45 – 50) (30 – 35) (19 – 23) (4 – 6)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

4WD MODELS

Throttle Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Engine models Final ratio
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D1
Full 38 – 42 61 – 69 97 – 107 143 – 153 139 – 149 87 – 97 49 – 57 21 – 25
throttle (24 – 26) (38 – 43) (60 – 66) (89 – 95) (86 – 93) (54 – 60) (30 – 35) (13 – 16)
3.538
Half 32 – 36 52 – 58 82 – 90 119 – 127 83 – 91 56 – 64 36 – 42 8 – 12
throttle (20 – 22) (32 – 36) (51 – 56) (74 – 79) (52 – 57) (35 – 40) (22 – 26) (5 – 7)
YD25DDTi
Full 31 – 35 48 – 56 76 – 86 115 – 125 111 – 121 66 – 76 33 – 41 10 – 14
throttle (19 – 22) (30 – 35) (47 – 53) (71 – 78) (69 – 75) (41 – 47) (21 – 25) (6 – 9)
4.363
Half 26 – 30 42 – 48 65 – 73 96 – 104 66 – 74 45 – 53 29 – 35 6 – 10
throttle (16 – 19) (26 – 30) (40 – 45) (60 – 65) (41 – 46) (28 – 33) (18 – 22) (4 – 6)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases INFOID:0000000003275937

2WD MODELS

Revision: 2008 January AT-38 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) A


Engine models Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 56 – 64 (35 – 40) 53 – 61 (33 – 38)
QR25DE B
Half throttle 161 – 169 (100 – 105) 127 – 135 (79 – 84)
• At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
AT
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Engine models Final ratio Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
D
Closed throttle 71 – 79 (44 – 49) 68 – 76 (42 – 47)
3.357
Half throttle 140 – 148 (87 – 92) 125 – 133 (78 – 83)
YD25DDTi
Closed throttle 60 – 68 (37 – 42) 57 – 65 (35 – 40) E
3.916
Half throttle 119 – 127 (74 – 79) 106 – 114 (66 – 71)
• At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
F
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

4WD MODELS
G
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Engine models Final ratio Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 69 – 77 (43 – 48) 66 – 74 (41 – 46) H
3.538
Half throttle 137 – 145 (85 – 90) 122 – 130 (76 – 81)
YD25DDTi
Closed throttle 56 – 64 (35 – 40) 53 – 61 (33 – 38)
4.363 I
Half throttle 110 – 118 (68 – 73) 98 – 106 (61 – 66)
• At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening. J
Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000002978359

• The diagnostic item numbers show the sequence for inspection. Inspect in order from item 1. K
• Overhaul and inspect inside the A/T only if A/T fluid condition is NG. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections
Before Trouble Diagnosis".
L

Revision: 2008 January AT-39 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
EC-23
(QR25DE),
1. Engine idle speed EC-
192(YD25
DDTi)
2. Engine speed signal AT-83
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99

ON vehicle 4. Control cable adjustment AT-155


Large shock. (“N”→“D”
position) 5. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-100
1 Refer to AT-128,
6. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
"Large Shock ("N" to
"D" Position)". 7. CAN communication line AT-71
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
9. Line pressure test AT-29
10. Control valve with TCM AT-160
11. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
OFF vehicle *1
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
Shift 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
Shock
4. CAN communication line AT-71

Shock is too large 5. Engine speed signal AT-83


ON vehicle
2 when changing 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
D1→D2.
AT-80, AT-
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
9. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 10. Direct clutch AT-205
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
3. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112
4. CAN communication line AT-71

Shock is too large 5. Engine speed signal AT-83


ON vehicle
3 when changing 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
D2→D3.
AT-80, AT-
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
9. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 10. High and low reverse clutch *1

Revision: 2008 January AT-40 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
B
3. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-106
4. CAN communication line AT-71

Shock is too large 5. Engine speed signal AT-83 AT


ON vehicle
4 when changing 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
D3→D4.
AT-80, AT-
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103 D
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
9. Control valve with TCM AT-160
E
OFF vehicle 10. Input clutch AT-202
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155 F
3. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. Engine speed signal AT-83
G
ON vehicle
Shock is too large
6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
5 when changing
Shift D4→D5. AT-80, AT- H
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
Shock 103
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
9. Control valve with TCM AT-160 I
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-202
J
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
3. CAN communication line AT-71 K
4. Engine speed signal AT-83
ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
Shock is too large for AT-80, AT- L
downshift when accel- 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
6 103
erator pedal is
pressed. 7. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
8. Control valve with TCM AT-160
M

9. Front brake (brake band) AT-178


10. Input clutch AT-202 N
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch *1
12. Direct clutch AT-205
O

Revision: 2008 January AT-41 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
3. Engine speed signal AT-83
4. CAN communication line AT-71
ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78

Shock is too large for AT-80, AT-


6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
7 upshift when accelera- 103
tor pedal is released. 7. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
8. Control valve with TCM AT-160
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
10. Input clutch AT-202
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch *1
12. Direct clutch AT-205
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
3. Engine speed signal AT-83
Shift
4. CAN communication line AT-71
Shock
5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
Shock is too large for ON vehicle
8 AT-80, AT-
lock-up. 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
9. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 10. Torque converter *1
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
ON vehicle 3. CAN communication line AT-71
4. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
Shock is too large dur-
9 5. Control valve with TCM AT-160
ing engine brake.
6. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
7. Input clutch AT-202
OFF vehicle
8. High and low reverse clutch *1
9. Direct clutch AT-205

Revision: 2008 January AT-42 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
103
Gear does not change
from D1→D2. ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
10 Refer to AT-135, "A/T
4. Line pressure test AT-29
Does Not Shift: D1→ AT
D2". 5. CAN communication line AT-71
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-205 D
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR E
103
Gear does not change
from D2→D3. ON vehicle 3. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112
11
Refer to AT-137, "A/T
4. Line pressure test AT-29
Does Not Shift: D2→ F
D3". 5. CAN communication line AT-71
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch *1 G
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR H
No Up 103
Shift Gear does not change 3. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-106
from D3→D4. ON vehicle
12 Refer to AT-139, "A/T 4. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
I
Does Not Shift: D3→ 5. Line pressure test AT-29
D4".
6. CAN communication line AT-71
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160 J
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-202
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
K
2. Overdrive control switch AT-122
AT-80, AT-
3. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
L
4. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
Gear does not change
ON vehicle
from D4→D5. 5. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
13 Refer to AT-140, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D4→
6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78 M
D5". 7. Line pressure test AT-29
8. CAN communication line AT-71
N
9. Control valve with TCM AT-160
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-202 O

Revision: 2008 January AT-43 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
In “D” position, does 3. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
not downshift to 4th ON vehicle
4. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
gear.
14
Refer to AT-146, "A/T 5. CAN communication line AT-71
Does Not Shift: 5th
6. Line pressure test AT-29
Gear → 4th Gear".
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
OFF vehicle
9. Input clutch AT-202
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
In “D” or “3” position,
does not downshift to 3. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-106
3rd gear. ON vehicle
15 4. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
Refer to AT-147, "A/T
Does Not Shift: 4th 5. CAN communication line AT-71
Gear → 3rd Gear". 6. Line pressure test AT-29
No Down
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
Shift
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-202
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
In “D” or “2” position, 103
does not downshift to
ON vehicle 3. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112
2nd gear.
16
Refer to AT-148, "A/T 4. CAN communication line AT-71
Does Not Shift: 3rd
5. Line pressure test AT-29
Gear → 2nd Gear".
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch *1
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
In “D” or “1” position, 103
does not downshift to
ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
1st gear.
17
Refer to AT-149, "A/T 4. CAN communication line AT-71
Does Not Shift: 2nd
5. Line pressure test AT-29
Gear → 1st Gear".
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-205

Revision: 2008 January AT-44 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
103

ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110


4. Line pressure test AT-29
AT
5. CAN communication line AT-71
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
7. 3rd one-way clutch *1 D
When “D” position, re- 8. 1st one-way clutch AT-204
18
mains in 1st gear.
9. Gear system AT-178
E
10. Reverse brake
11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
OFF vehicle possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section- F
al View (4WD Models)".) *1
Slips/Will 12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
Not En- perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross- G
gage Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29 H
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103

ON vehicle 3. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-114 I


4. Line pressure test AT-29
5. CAN communication line AT-71
When “D” position, re- J
19 6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
mains in 2nd gear.
7. 3rd one-way clutch *1
8. Gear system AT-178 K
9. Direct clutch AT-205
OFF vehicle
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
*1
L
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)

Revision: 2008 January AT-45 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
ON vehicle
3. Line pressure test AT-29
4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. Control valve with TCM AT-160
6. 3rd one-way clutch *1
When “D” position, re-
20 mains in 3rd gear. 7. Gear system AT-178
8. High and low reverse clutch
9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
OFF vehicle
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sec-
tional View (4WD Models)".) *1
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
3. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-106
4. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
Slips/Will
Not En- ON vehicle 5. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112
gage 6. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-114
When “D” position, re- 7. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
21
mains in 4th gear.
8. Line pressure test AT-29
9. CAN communication line AT-71
10. Control valve with TCM AT-160
11. Input clutch AT-202
12. Gear system AT-178
OFF vehicle
13. High and low reverse clutch *1
14. Direct clutch AT-205
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103

ON vehicle 3. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108


4. Line pressure test AT-29
When “D” position, re- 5. CAN communication line AT-71
22
mains in 5th gear.
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
7. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
8. Input clutch AT-202
OFF vehicle
9. Gear system AT-178
10. High and low reverse clutch *1

Revision: 2008 January AT-46 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
B
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test AT-29
4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. Control valve with TCM AT-160 AT
6. Torque converter AT-195
7. Oil pump assembly AT-202
Vehicle cannot be D
8. 3rd one-way clutch *1
started from D1.
23 Refer to AT-134, "Vehi- 9. 1st one-way clutch AT-204
cle Cannot Be Started
10. Gear system AT-178 E
from D1".
11. Reverse brake
OFF vehicle
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, F
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sec-
tional View (4WD Models)".) *1
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
G
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29 H
2. Line pressure test AT-29
3. Engine speed signal AT-83
I
Does not lock-up. ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
Slips/Will Refer to AT-142, "A/T
24 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94
Not En- Does Not Perform
gage Lock-up". 6. CAN communication line AT-71 J
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
8. Torque converter *1
OFF vehicle K
9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29 L
3. Engine speed signal AT-83
Does not hold lock-up
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
condition.
M
25 Refer to AT-143, "A/T 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94
Does Not Hold Lock-up
6. CAN communication line AT-71
Condition".
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160 N
8. Torque converter *1
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29 O
2. Line pressure test AT-29
3. Engine speed signal AT-83
P
Lock-up is not re- ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
leased.
26 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94
Refer to AT-144, "Lock-
up Is Not Released". 6. CAN communication line AT-71
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
8. Torque converter *1
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-202

Revision: 2008 January AT-47 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103

ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110


4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. Line pressure test AT-29

No shock at all or the 6. Control valve with TCM AT-160


clutch slips when vehi- 7. Torque converter *1
27
cle changes speed
D1→D2. 8. Oil pump assembly AT-202
9. 3rd one-way clutch *1
10. Gear system AT-178
OFF vehicle
11. Direct clutch AT-205
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
*1
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
Slips/Will
Not En- AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
gage 103

ON vehicle 3. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112


4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. Line pressure test AT-29
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
7. Torque converter *1
No shock at all or the
8. Oil pump assembly AT-202
clutch slips when vehi-
28
cle changes speed 9. 3rd one-way clutch *1
D2→D3.
10. Gear system AT-178
11. High and low reverse clutch
OFF vehicle 12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
al View (4WD Models)".) *1
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)

Revision: 2008 January AT-48 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
103
3. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-106
ON vehicle
4. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
AT
5. CAN communication line AT-71
No shock at all or the
6. Line pressure test AT-29
clutch slips when vehi-
29
cle changes speed 7. Control valve with TCM AT-160 D
D3→D4.
8. Torque converter *1
9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
E
10. Input clutch AT-202
OFF vehicle
11. Gear system AT-178
12. High and low reverse clutch *1 F
13. Direct clutch AT-205
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
G
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
3. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
ON vehicle H
4. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
5. CAN communication line AT-71
No shock at all or the
Slips/Will 6. Line pressure test AT-29 I
clutch slips when vehi-
30 Not En-
cle changes speed 7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
gage
D4→D5.
8. Torque converter *1
J
9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-202 K
12. Gear system AT-178
13. High and low reverse clutch *1
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29 L
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
3. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
M
ON vehicle
4. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
5. CAN communication line AT-71 N
When you press the
accelerator pedal and 6. Line pressure test AT-29
31 shift speed D5→D4 the
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
engine idles or the A/T
slips. 8. Torque converter *1 O
9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
10. Input clutch AT-202
OFF vehicle P
11. Gear system AT-178
12. High and low reverse clutch *1
13. Direct clutch AT-205

Revision: 2008 January AT-49 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
3. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-106
ON vehicle
4. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
5. CAN communication line AT-71
6. Line pressure test AT-29
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
When you press the 8. Torque converter *1
accelerator pedal and
32 shift speed D4→D3 the 9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
engine idles or the A/T 10. 3rd one-way clutch *1
slips.
11. Gear system AT-178
12. High and low reverse clutch
OFF vehicle 13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
al View (4WD Models)".) *1
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
Slips/Will
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Not En-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
gage
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
3. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112
ON vehicle
4. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
5. CAN communication line AT-71
6. Line pressure test AT-29
When you press the
accelerator pedal and 7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
33 shift speed D3→D2 the
8. Torque converter *1
engine idles or the A/T
slips. 9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
10. 3rd one-way clutch *1
11. Gear system AT-178
OFF vehicle
12. Direct clutch AT-205
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
*1
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)

Revision: 2008 January AT-50 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
AT-80, AT-
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
103

ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110


4. CAN communication line AT-71
AT
5. Line pressure test AT-29
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
7. Torque converter *1 D
When you press the 8. Oil pump assembly AT-202
accelerator pedal and
34 shift speed D2→D1 the 9. 3rd one-way clutch *1
E
engine idles or the A/T 10. 1st one-way clutch AT-204
slips.
11. Gear system AT-178
12. Reverse brake F
OFF vehicle
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
G
al View (4WD Models)".) *1
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View H
Slips/Will
Not En- (4WD Models)".)
gage 1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29 I
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-71
J
5. PNP switch AT-76
6. Control cable adjustment AT-155
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160 K
8. Torque converter *1
With selector lever in 9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
35 “D” position, accelera- L
tion is extremely poor. 10. 1st one-way clutch AT-204
11. Gear system AT-178
12. Reverse brake M
OFF vehicle 13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section- N
al View (4WD Models)".) *1
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View O
(4WD Models)".)

Revision: 2008 January AT-51 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
4. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112
ON vehicle
5. CAN communication line AT-71
With selector lever in
36 “R” position, accelera- 6. PNP switch AT-76
tion is extremely poor.
7. Control cable adjustment AT-155
8. Control valve with TCM AT-160
9. Gear system AT-178
OFF vehicle 10. Output shaft AT-195
11. Reverse brake *1
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29
ON vehicle 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. Control valve with TCM AT-160
6. Torque converter *1
7. Oil pump assembly AT-202
While starting off by ac- 8. 3rd one-way clutch *1
celerating in 1st, en-
37 9. 1st one-way clutch AT-204
gine races or slippage
Slips/Will occurs. 10. Gear system AT-178
Not En-
gage 11. Reverse brake
OFF vehicle
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
al View (4WD Models)".) *1
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
While accelerating in 7. Torque converter *1
38 2nd, engine races or
slippage occurs. 8. Oil pump assembly AT-202
9. 3rd one-way clutch *1
10. Gear system AT-178
OFF vehicle
11. Direct clutch AT-205
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
*1
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)

Revision: 2008 January AT-52 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29
B
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112 AT
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
7. Torque converter *1
D
8. Oil pump assembly AT-202
While accelerating in
39 3rd, engine races or 9. 3rd one-way clutch *1
slippage occurs.
10. Gear system AT-178 E
11. High and low reverse clutch
OFF vehicle 12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, F
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
al View (4WD Models)".) *1
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
G
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29 H
2. Line pressure test AT-29
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
Slips/Will ON vehicle I
Not En- 4. CAN communication line AT-71
gage
5. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-106
While accelerating in 6. Control valve with TCM AT-160 J
40 4th, engine races or
slippage occurs. 7. Torque converter *1
8. Oil pump assembly AT-202
K
9. Input clutch AT-202
OFF vehicle
10. Gear system AT-178
11. High and low reverse clutch *1 L
12. Direct clutch AT-205
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
M
2. Line pressure test AT-29
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line AT-71 N
5. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
While accelerating in 6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
41 5th, engine races or
7. Torque converter *1 O
slippage occurs.
8. Oil pump assembly AT-202
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
OFF vehicle P
10. Input clutch AT-202
11. Gear system AT-178
12. High and low reverse clutch *1

Revision: 2008 January AT-53 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29
3. Engine speed signal AT-83
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
42 Slips at lock-up. 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94
6. CAN communication line AT-71
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
8. Torque converter *1
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-202
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
4. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
ON vehicle
5. PNP switch AT-76
6. CAN communication line AT-71
7. Control cable adjustment AT-155
8. Control valve with TCM AT-160
No creep at all.
Refer to AT-130, "Vehi- 9. Torque converter *1
Slips/Will
Not En- cle Does Not Creep 10. Oil pump assembly AT-202
43 gage Backward in "R" Posi-
tion", AT-132, "Vehicle 11. 1st one-way clutch AT-204
Does Not Creep For- 12. Gear system AT-178
ward in "D" Position"
13. Reverse brake *1
14. Direct clutch AT-205
OFF vehicle
15. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
al View (4WD Models)".)
*1
16. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-76

Vehicle cannot run in 4. Control cable adjustment AT-155


44
all positions. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-160
6. Oil pump assembly AT-202
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-178
8. Output shaft AT-195

Revision: 2008 January AT-54 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29
B
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-76
4. Control cable adjustment AT-155
5. Control valve with TCM AT-160 AT
6. Torque converter *1
7. Oil pump assembly AT-202
With selector lever in D
8. 1st one-way clutch AT-204
45 “D” position, driving is
not possible. 9. Gear system AT-178
10. Reverse brake E
OFF vehicle 11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
Slips/Will possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
Not En- "Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
al View (4WD Models)".) *1 F
gage
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View G
(4WD Models)".)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29 H
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-76
With selector lever in 4. Control cable adjustment AT-155
46 “R” position, driving is I
not possible. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-160
6. Gear system AT-178
OFF vehicle 7. Output shaft AT-195 J
8. Reverse brake *1
AT-80, AT-
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR K
103
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
Shift point is high in “D”
47 ON vehicle
position. 3. CAN communication line AT-71
L
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-100
Others 5. Control valve with TCM AT-160
AT-80, AT- M
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
Shift point is low in “D” 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
48 ON vehicle
position.
3. CAN communication line AT-71 N
4. Control valve with TCM AT-160

Revision: 2008 January AT-55 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Engine speed signal AT-83
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
AT-80, AT-
4. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle 103
Judder occurs during
49
lock-up. 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
6. CAN communication line AT-71
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94
8. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 9. Torque converter *1
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Engine speed signal AT-83
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-71
4. Control valve with TCM AT-160
Strange noise in “R”
50 5. Torque converter *1
position.
6. Oil pump assembly AT-202
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-178
8. High and low reverse clutch
Others *1
9. Reverse brake
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Engine speed signal AT-83
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-71
Strange noise in “N”
51 4. Control valve with TCM AT-160
position.
5. Torque converter *1
OFF vehicle 6. Oil pump assembly AT-202
7. Gear system AT-178
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Engine speed signal AT-83
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-71
4. Control valve with TCM AT-160

Strange noise in “D” 5. Torque converter *1


52
position. 6. Oil pump assembly AT-202
7. Gear system AT-178
OFF vehicle
8. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
*1
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)

Revision: 2008 January AT-56 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. PNP switch AT-76
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
B
3. Control cable adjustment AT-155
Vehicle dose not decel- ON vehicle
4. 1st position switch AT-121
erate by engine brake.
53 Refer to AT-151, "Vehi- 5. CAN communication line AT-71 AT
cle Does Not Deceler-
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
ate by Engine Brake".
7. Input clutch AT-202
D
OFF vehicle 8. High and low reverse clutch *1
9. Direct clutch AT-205
1. PNP switch AT-76 E
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
ON vehicle 3. Control cable adjustment AT-155
Engine brake does not 4. CAN communication line AT-71 F
54 work operate in “2” po-
sition. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-160
6. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
G
OFF vehicle 7. Input clutch AT-202
8. High and low reverse clutch *1
1. PNP switch AT-76 H
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
3. Control cable adjustment AT-155
ON vehicle I
4. 1st position switch AT-121
Engine brake does not
55 work operate in “1” po- 5. CAN communication line AT-71
Others sition.
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160 J
7. Input clutch AT-202
OFF vehicle 8 High and low reverse clutch *1
K
9. Direct clutch AT-205
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Line pressure test AT-29 L
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line AT-71
5. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
M
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
7. Torque converter *1
N
8. Oil pump assembly AT-202
9. Input clutch AT-202
56 Maximum speed low.
10. Gear system AT-178 O
11. High and low reverse clutch *1
12. Direct clutch AT-205
OFF vehicle P
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
al View (4WD Models)".)
*1
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)

Revision: 2008 January AT-57 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
EC-23
(QR25DE),
1. Engine idle speed EC-
ON vehicle 192(YD25
57 Extremely large creep.
DDTi)
2. CAN communication line AT-71
OFF vehicle 3. Torque converter *1
With selector lever in 1. PNP switch AT-76
“P” position, vehicle ON vehicle
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
does not enter parking
condition or, with selec-
tor lever in another po- AT-163
58 sition, parking (2WD
condition is not can- models) or
OFF vehicle 3. Parking pawl components
celled. AT-195
Refer to AT-127, "In "P" (4WD
Position, Vehicle models)
Moves When Pushed".
1. PNP switch AT-76
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
ON vehicle
3. Control cable adjustment AT-155
4. Control valve with TCM AT-160
Vehicle runs with A/T in AT-163
59
“P” position. (2WD
models) or
5. Parking pawl components
OFF vehicle AT-195
(4WD
models)
Others 6. Gear system AT-178
1. PNP switch AT-76
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
ON vehicle
3. Control cable adjustment AT-155
4. Control valve with TCM AT-160
5. Input clutch AT-202

Vehicle runs with A/T in 6. Gear system AT-178


“N” position. 7. Direct clutch AT-205
60 Refer to AT-127, "In "N"
Position, Vehicle 8. Reverse brake
Moves". 9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is im-
OFF vehicle possible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17,
"Cross-Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Section-
al View (4WD Models)".) *1
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to
perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-
Sectional View (2WD Models)", AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View
(4WD Models)".)
Engine does not start in PG-5, SC-
1. Ignition switch and starter
“N” or “P” position. 5
61 Refer to AT-126, "En- ON vehicle
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
gine Cannot Be Started
in "P" or "N" Position". 3. PNP switch AT-76
PG-5, SC-
1. Ignition switch and starter
Engine starts in posi- 5
62 tions other than “N” or ON vehicle
2. Control cable adjustment AT-155
“P”.
3. PNP switch AT-76

Revision: 2008 January AT-58 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Engine speed signal AT-83
B
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78
ON vehicle
63 Engine stall. 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94
5. CAN communication line AT-71 AT
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter *1
D
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
2. Engine speed signal AT-83
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78 E
Engine stalls when se- ON vehicle
64 lector lever shifted 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94
“N”→“D”, “R”.
5. CAN communication line AT-71
Others
6. Control valve with TCM AT-160 F
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter *1
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-29
G
2. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110
3. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108
Engine speed does not 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99 H
ON vehicle
return to idle.
AT-80, AT-
65 Refer to AT-145, "En- 5. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
103
gine Speed Does Not
Return to Idle". 6. CAN communication line AT-71 I
7. Control valve with TCM AT-160
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-178
OFF vehicle J
9. Direct clutch AT-205
*1: Refer to A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL.
K
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value INFOID:0000000002978360

A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT


L

SCIA1658E
O
TCM INSPECTION TABLE
Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire P
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
Power supply
1 R Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
Power supply
2 R Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
3 L CAN-H — —

Revision: 2008 January AT-59 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wire
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
K-line (CONSULT-
4 SB The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-III. —
III signal)
5 B Ground Always 0V

— Battery voltage

6 Y Power supply

— 0V

Selector lever in “R” position. 0V


Back-up lamp re-
7 LG
lay Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

8 P CAN-L — —
Selector lever in “N” and “P” positions. Battery voltage
9 B/R Starter relay
Selector lever in other positions. 0V

10 B Ground Always 0V

CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION) INFOID:0000000002978361

CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function


Work Support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately.
Self Diagnostic Results Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items.
Data Monitor Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time.
CAN Diagnostic Support
It monitors the status of CAN communication.
Monitor
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
ECU Identification Display the ECU identification number (part number etc.) of the selected system.

CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE


NOTE:
1. The CONSULT-III electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each
solenoid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-III display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-III and that indicated in Service Man-
ual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
- Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
- Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
- Gear position displayed on CONSULT-III indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-III changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed
upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


VHCL/S SE-A/T Approximately matches the speed-
During driving
VHCL/S SE-MTR ometer reading.

Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8


ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8.0/8

Revision: 2008 January AT-60 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
A
Released accelerator pedal. ON
CLSD THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON B
W/O THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. OFF
Depressed brake pedal. ON
BRAKE SW AT
Released brake pedal. OFF
Closely matches the tachometer
ENGINE SPEED Engine running
reading.
D
Approximately matches the engine
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
speed.
ATF TEMP SE 1 3.3 – 2.7 – 0.9 V
0°C (32° F) – 20°C (68°F) – 80°C (176°F) E
ATF TEMP SE 2 3.3 – 2.5 – 0.7 V
Temperature of ATF in the oil pan is
ATF TEMP 1 Turn ignition switch ON.
indicated.
F
TCC SOLENOID When perform lock-up 0.4 – 0.6 A
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 – 0.6 A
Front brake engaged. 0.6 – 0.8 A G
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. 0 – 0.05 A
Input clutch disengaged. 0.6 – 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID H
Input clutch engaged. 0 – 0.05 A
Direct clutch disengaged. 0.6 – 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. 0 – 0.05 A I
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. 0.6 – 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. 0 – 0.05 A
J
Selector lever in “N” and “P” positions. ON
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in other positions. OFF
Selector lever in “N” and “P” positions. N/P K
Selector lever in “R” position. R
Selector lever in “D” position. D
SLCT LVR POSI
Selector lever in “3” position. 3 L
Selector lever in “2” position. 2
Selector lever in “1” position. 1
M
Low coast brake engaged. ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. OFF
Low coast brake engaged. ON N
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. OFF
Selector lever in “1” position. ON
1 POSITION SW O
Selector lever in other positions. OFF
Holding overdrive control switch. ON
OD CONT SW
Releasing overdrive control switch. OFF P
GEAR During driving 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE


Display Items List (TYPE 1)

Revision: 2008 January AT-61 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
X: Applicable, —: Not applicable

Items (CONSULT-III TCM self-diagnosis


Malfunction is detected when... Reference page
screen terms) DTC*1
When TCM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communica-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 AT-71
tion signal for 2 seconds or more.
If this signal is ON other than in “P” or “N” position, this is
judged to be a malfunction.
STARTER RELAY/CIRC P0615 AT-73
(And if it is OFF in “P” or “N” position, this too is judged to be
a malfunction.)
TCM TCM is malfunctioning. P0700 AT-75
• PNP switch 1-4 signals input with impossible pattern
PNP SW/CIRC • “P” position is detected from “N” position without any other P0705 AT-76
position being detected in between.
• TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the
sensor.
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P0717 AT-78
• TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for
turbine revolution sensor 2.
• Signal from vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor)
not input due to cut line or the like
• Unexpected signal input during running
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 AT-80
• After ignition switch is turned ON, unexpected signal input
from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle starts
moving
TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-83
the ECM.
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 1st gear. P0731 AT-84
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 2nd gear. P0732 AT-86
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 3rd gear. P0733 AT-88
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 4th gear. P0734 AT-90
A/T 5TH GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 5th gear. P0735 AT-92
Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short,
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 AT-94
or the like
• A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN • TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value P0744 AT-96
with slip rotation.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short,
or the like
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 AT-98
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 AT-99
signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
During running, the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage is
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P1710 AT-100
excessively high or low
• Signal (CAN communication) from vehicle speed sensor
VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR MTR not input due to cut line or the like P1721 AT-103
• Unexpected signal input during running
Except during shift change, the gear position and ATF pres-
A/T INTERLOCK sure switch states are monitored and comparative judgment P1730 AT-104
made.
Each ATF pressure switch and solenoid current is monitored
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING and if a pattern is detected having engine braking 1st gear oth- P1731 AT-105
er than in the “1” position, a malfunction is detected.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 AT-106
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.

Revision: 2008 January AT-62 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Items (CONSULT-III TCM self-diagnosis
screen terms)
Malfunction is detected when... Reference page A
DTC*1
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
P1757 AT-108 B
monitor value.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short,
or the like AT
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 AT-110
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional D
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 AT-112
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
E
Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional mal-
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 AT-114
function, cut line, short, or the like
• TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to oper-
ate the solenoid valve. F
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT • Condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is different from monitor P1774 AT-115
value, and relation between gear position and actual gear
ratio is irregular.
G
NO DTC IS DETECTED
FURTHER TESTING No NG item has been detected. X —
MAY BE REQUIRED
H
*1: These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.

Display Items List (TYPE 2)


X: Applicable, —: Not applicable I
DTC*1

Items (CONSULT-III “TRANSMIS- MIL*2, “EN- Reference


screen terms)
Malfunction is detected when...
GINE” with page
J
SION” with
CONSULT-III CONSULT-III
or GST
When TCM is not transmitting or receiving CAN commu- K
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 U1000 AT-71
nication signal for 2 seconds or more.
If this signal is ON other than in “P” or “N” position, this
is judged to be a malfunction. L
STARTER RELAY/CIRC P0615 — AT-73
(And if it is OFF in “P” or “N” position, this too is judged
to be a malfunction.)
TCM TCM is malfunctioning. P0700 P0700 AT-75
M
• PNP switch 1-4 signals input with impossible pattern
PNP SW/CIRC • “P” position is detected from “N” position without any P0705 P0705 AT-76
other position being detected in between.
N
• TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from
the sensor.
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P0717 P1716 AT-78
• TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th
gear for turbine revolution sensor 2. O
• Signal from vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution
sensor) not input due to cut line or the like
• Unexpected signal input during running
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 P0720 AT-80 P
• After ignition switch is turned ON, unexpected signal
input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the ve-
hicle starts moving
TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 P0725 AT-83
from the ECM.
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 1st gear. P0731 P0731 AT-84
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 2nd gear. P0732 P0732 AT-86

Revision: 2008 January AT-63 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1

Items (CONSULT-III “TRANSMIS- MIL*2, “EN- Reference


Malfunction is detected when...
screen terms) SION” with GINE” with page
CONSULT-III CONSULT-III
or GST
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 3rd gear. P0733 P0733 AT-88
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 4th gear. P0734 P0734 AT-90
A/T 5TH GR FNCTN A/T cannot shift to 5th gear. P0735 P0735 AT-92
Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 P0740 AT-94
short, or the like
• A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is
good.
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 P0744 AT-96
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference val-
ue with slip rotation.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 P0745 AT-98
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value
with monitor value.
TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal po-
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 P1705 AT-99
sition signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
During running, the ATF temperature sensor signal volt-
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P1710 P1710 AT-100
age is excessively high or low
• Signal (CAN communication) from vehicle speed sen-
VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR sor MTR not input due to cut line or the like P1721 — AT-103
• Unexpected signal input during running
Except during shift change, the gear position and ATF
A/T INTERLOCK pressure switch states are monitored and comparative P1730 P1730 AT-104
judgment made.
Each ATF pressure switch and solenoid current is mon-
itored and if a pattern is detected having engine braking
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING P1731 — AT-105
1st gear other than in the “1” position, a malfunction is
detected.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to func-
tional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 P1752 AT-106
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value
with monitor value.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to func-
tional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 P1757 AT-108
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value
with monitor value.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 P1762 AT-110
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value
with monitor value.
• Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to func-
tional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 P1767 AT-112
• TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value
with monitor value.
Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 P1772 AT-114
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like

Revision: 2008 January AT-64 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC*1
A
Items (CONSULT-III “TRANSMIS- MIL*2, “EN- Reference
Malfunction is detected when...
screen terms) SION” with GINE” with page
CONSULT-III CONSULT-III
or GST B
• TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to
operate the solenoid valve.
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT • Condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is different from P1774 P1774 AT-115 AT
monitor value, and relation between gear position and
actual gear ratio is irregular.
NO DTC IS DETECTED
D
FURTHER TESTING MAY No NG item has been detected. X X —
BE REQUIRED
*1: These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
E
*2: Refer to AT-20, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)"

DATA MONITOR MODE


Display Items List F
X: Standard, —: Not applicable, : Option
Monitor Item Selection
G
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
PUT SIG-
NALS FROM
NALS
MENU H
VHCL/S SE-A/T (km/h) X X Revolution sensor

VHCL/S SE-MTR (km/h) X — —


I
ACCELE POSI (0.0/8) X — Accelerator pedal position signal
Degree of opening for accelerator recognized by
the TCM. J
THROTTLE POSI (0.0/8) X X
For fail-safe operation, the specific value used
for control is displayed.
CLSD THL POS (ON/OFF) X — K
Signal input with CAN communications
W/O THL POS (ON/OFF) X —

BRAKE SW (ON/OFF) X — Stop lamp switch L


Gear position recognized by the TCM updated
GEAR — X
after gear-shifting

ENGINE SPEED (rpm) X X — M


TURBINE REV (rpm) X X —

OUTPUT REV (rpm) X X — N


GEAR RATIO — X —

Difference between engine speed and torque


TC SLIP SPEED (rpm) — X O
converter input shaft speed

F SUN GR REV (rpm) — — —

F CARR GR REV (rpm) — — — P


ATF TEMP SE 1 (V) X — —

ATF TEMP SE 2 (V) X — —

ATF TEMP 1 (°C) — X Temperature of ATF in the oil pan.


Temperature of ATF at the exit of torque convert-
ATF TEMP 2 (°C) — X
er.

Revision: 2008 January AT-65 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item Selection
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
PUT SIG-
NALS FROM
NALS
MENU
BATTERY VOLT (V) X — —

ATF PRES SW 1 (ON/OFF) X X —

ATF PRES SW 2 (ON/OFF) X X (for LC/B solenoid)

ATF PRES SW 3 (ON/OFF) X X —

ATF PRES SW 5 (ON/OFF) X X —

ATF PRES SW 6 (ON/OFF) X X —

PNP SW 1 (ON/OFF) X — —

PNP SW 2 (ON/OFF) X — —

PNP SW 3 (ON/OFF) X — —

PNP SW 4 (ON/OFF) X — —

1 POSITION SW (ON/OFF) X — 1st position switch

Selector lever position is recognized by TCM.


SLCT LVR POSI — X For fail-safe operation, the specific value used
for control is displayed.
OD CONT SW (ON/OFF) X — —

POWERSHIFT SW (ON/OFF) X —

HOLD SW (ON/OFF) X —

MANU MODE SW (ON/OFF) X —

NON M-MODE SW (ON/OFF) X —


Not mounted but displayed.
UP SW LEVER (ON/OFF) X —

DOWN SW LEVER (ON/OFF) X —

SFT UP ST SW (ON/OFF) — —

SFT DWN ST SW (ON/OFF) — —

ASCD-OD CUT (ON/OFF) — — —

ASCD-CRUISE (ON/OFF) — — —

ABS SIGNAL (ON/OFF) — — —

ACC OD CUT (ON/OFF) — —


Not mounted but displayed.
ACC SIGNAL (ON/OFF) — —

TCS GR/P KEEP (ON/OFF) — — —

TCS SIGNAL 2 (ON/OFF) — — —

TCS SIGNAL 1 (ON/OFF) — — —

TCC SOLENOID (A) — X —

LINE PRES SOL (A) — X —

I/C SOLENOID (A) — X —

FR/B SOLENOID (A) — X —

D/C SOLENOID (A) — X —

Revision: 2008 January AT-66 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item Selection
A
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
PUT SIG-
NALS FROM
NALS
MENU B
HLR/C SOL (A) — X —

ON OFF SOL (ON/OFF) — — LC/B solenoid


AT
TCC SOL MON (A) — — —

L/P SOL MON (A) — — —


D
I/C SOL MON (A) — — —

FR/B SOL MON (A) — — —


E
D/C SOL MON (A) — — —

HLR/C SOL MON (A) — — —

ONOFF SOL MON (ON/OFF) — — LC/B solenoid F


P POSI IND (ON/OFF) — — —

R POSI IND (ON/OFF) — — — G


N POSI IND (ON/OFF) — — —

D POSI IND (ON/OFF) — — — H


4TH POSI IND (ON/OFF) — — —

3RD POSI IND (ON/OFF) — — —


I
2ND POSI IND (ON/OFF) — — —

1ST POSI IND (ON/OFF) — — —


J
MANU MODE IND (ON/OFF) — —
Not mounted but displayed.
POWER M LAMP (ON/OFF) — —
K
F-SAFE IND/L (ON/OFF) — — —

ATF WARN LAMP (ON/OFF) — — —

BACK-UP LAMP (ON/OFF) — — — L

STARTER RELAY (ON/OFF) — — —

PNP SW3 MON (ON/OFF) — — — M


C/V CLB ID1 — — —

C/V CLB ID2 — — — N


C/V CLB ID3 — — —

UNIT CLB ID1 — — —


O
UNIT CLB ID2 — — —

UNIT CLB ID3 — — —


P
TRGT GR RATIO — — —

TRGT PRES TCC (kPa) — — —

TRGT PRES L/P (kPa) — — —

TRGT PRES I/C (kPa) — — —

TRGT PRE FR/B (kPa) — — —

Revision: 2008 January AT-67 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor Item Selection
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
PUT SIG-
NALS FROM
NALS
MENU
TRGT PRES D/C (kPa) — — —

TRG PRE HLR/C (kPa) — — —

SHIFT PATTERN — — —

DRV CST JUDGE — — —

START RLY MON — — —

NEXT GR POSI — — —

SHIFT MODE — — —

MANU GR POSI — — —

VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) — X Vehicle speed recognized by TCM.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION


DTC Work Support Mode

DTC work support item Description Check item


Following items for “1st gear function” can be confirmed.
• Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed
1ST GR FNCTN P0731
or not)
• Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG)
Following items for “2nd gear function” can be confirmed.
• Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed
2ND GR FNCTN P0732
or not)
• Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG) • Input clutch solenoid valve
• Front brake solenoid valve
Following items for “3rd gear function” can be confirmed.
• Direct clutch solenoid valve
• Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed
3RD GR FNCTN P0733 • High and low reverse clutch
or not)
solenoid valve
• Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG)
• Each clutch
Following items for “4th gear function” can be confirmed. • Hydraulic control circuit
• Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed
4TH GR FNCTN P0734
or not)
• Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG)
Following items for “5th gear function” can be confirmed.
• Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed
5TH GR FNCTN P0735
or not)
• Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG)

Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III INFOID:0000000002978362

TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)


Description
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the indicator lamp lights up for 2 seconds. As a method for locating the
suspect circuit, when the self-diagnostics start signal is input, the memory for the malfunction location is output
and OD OFF indicator lamp flashes to display the corresponding DTC.
Diagnostic Procedure
1.CHECK OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Start the engine with selector lever in “P” position. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF at least twice, then leave it in the OFF position.
3. Wait 10 seconds.

Revision: 2008 January AT-68 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Does OD OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to AT-126, "OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On".
2.JUDGMENT PROCEDURE B

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Keep pressing shift lock release button.
AT
3. Shift the selector lever from “P” to “D” position.
4. Release accelerator pedal. (Set the closed throttle position signal ON.)
5. Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal ON.)
6. Turn ignition switch ON. D
7. Wait 3 seconds.
8. Shift the selector lever from “D” to “3” position.
9. Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal OFF.) E
10. Shift the selector lever from “3” to “2” position.
11. Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal ON.)
12. Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal OFF.)
13. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it. F

>> GO TO 3.
G
3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
Check OD OFF indicator lamp. Refer to "Judgment Self-diagnosis Code".
If the system does not go into self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-76, AT-119, AT-120. H

>> DIAGNOSIS END


Judgment Self-diagnosis Code I
If there is a malfunction, the lamp lights up for the time corresponding to the suspect circuit.

No. Malfunctioning item No. Malfunctioning item J


1. Revolution sensor AT-80 12. A/T interlock AT-104
2. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-110 13. A/T 1st engine braking AT-105
K
3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-94, AT-96 14. Start signal AT-73
4. Line pressure solenoid valve AT-98 15. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-99
5. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-106 16. Engine speed signal AT-83 L
6. Front brake solenoid valve AT-108 17. CAN communication line AT-71
7. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-114, AT-115 18. 1st gear function AT-84
M
8. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-112 19. 2nd gear function AT-86
9. PNP switch AT-76 20. 3rd gear function AT-88
10. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-100 21. 4th gear function AT-90 N
11. Turbine revolution sensor AT-78 22. 5th gear function AT-92

Revision: 2008 January AT-69 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

JPDIA0534GB

Erase Self-diagnosis
• In order to make it easier to find the cause of hard-to-duplicate malfunctions, malfunction information is
stored into the control unit as necessary during use by the user. This memory is not erased no matter how
many times the ignition switch is turned ON and OFF.
• However, this information is erased by turning ignition switch OFF after executing self-diagnosis or by eras-
ing the memory using the CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2008 January AT-70 D40


DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000002978363

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission AT
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978364
D
Diagnostic trouble code “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-III or 17th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units.
E
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978365

• TCM
• Harness or connectors F
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978366
G
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. H
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 6 seconds. I
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III K
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
2. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
3. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.
L
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value INFOID:0000000002978367

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground. M
Terminal Wire color Item Condition Data (Approx.)
3 L CAN-H — —
N
8 P CAN-L — —

Revision: 2008 January AT-71 D40


DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - AT - CAN INFOID:0000000002978368

TCWB0537E

Revision: 2008 January AT-72 D40


DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000002978369

TCM prohibits cranking other than at “P” or “N” position. B


CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978370

AT
Item name Condition Display value
Selector lever in “N” and “P” positions. ON
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in other positions. OFF D

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978371

E
Diagnostic trouble code “P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 14th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected when starter relay is switched ON other than at “P” or “N” position. (Or when
switched OFF at “P” or “N” position).
F
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978372

• Harness or connectors
G
(starter relay and TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
• Starter relay
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978373
H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: I
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Shift the selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for at least 2 consecutive seconds. K
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III L
1. Shift the selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". M
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value INFOID:0000000002978374
N
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.

Terminal Wire color Item Condition Data (Approx.) O


Selector lever in “N” and “P” positions. Battery voltage
9 B/R Starter relay
Selector lever in other positions. 0V
P

Revision: 2008 January AT-73 D40


DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - AT - STSIG INFOID:0000000002978375

TCWB0538E

Revision: 2008 January AT-74 D40


DTC P0700 TCM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0700 TCM
A
Description INFOID:0000000002978376

TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. TCM con- B
trols A/T.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978377

AT
Diagnostic trouble code “P0700 TCM” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM is malfunctioning.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978378

D
TCM
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978379
E
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. F
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed. G
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST H
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.

Revision: 2008 January AT-75 D40


DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000002978380

• PNP switch includes a transmission range switch.


• The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978381

Item name Condition Display value


Selector lever in “N” and “P” positions. N/P
Selector lever in “R” position. R
Selector lever in “D” position. D
SLCTLVR POSI
Selector lever in “3” position. 3
Selector lever in “2” position. 2
Selector lever in “1” position. 1

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978382

Diagnostic trouble code “P0705 PNP SW/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 9th judgment flicker without CONSULT-
III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from PNP switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 based on the gear
position.
• When no other positions but “P” position is detected from “N” position.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978383

• Harness or connectors
(PNP switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 and TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
• PNP switches 1, 2, 3 and 4
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978384

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds.

ACCELE POSI : More than 1.0/8


4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds.

Accelerator opening : More than 1.0/8


3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-76 D40


DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - AT - PNP/SW INFOID:0000000002978385

AT

P
MCWA0196E

Revision: 2008 January AT-77 D40


DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000002978424

Turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of A/T.
Monitors revolution of sensor 1 and sensor 2 for non-standard conditions.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978425

Item name Condition Display value


TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978426

Diagnostic trouble code “P0717 TURBINE REV S/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 11th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
• When TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978427

• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Turbine revolution sensor 1 and/or 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978428

CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
• Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

VHCL/S SE-A/T : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more


ENGINE SPEED : 1,500 rpm or more
ACCELE POSI : More than 0.5/8
SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
GEAR
: “4” or “5” position
(Turbine revolution sensor 1)
GEAR
: All positions
(Turbine revolution sensor 2)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving con-
Driving location
ditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Revision: 2008 January AT-78 D40


DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Vehicle speed : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more A


Engine speed : 1,500 rpm or more
Accelerator opening : More than 0.5/8
Selector lever position : “D” position B
Gear position
: “4” or “5” position
(Turbine revolution sensor 1)
Gear position
: All positions AT
(Turbine revolution sensor 2)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving con-
Driving location
ditions required for this test.
D
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.
E

Revision: 2008 January AT-79 D40


DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Description INFOID:0000000002978386

Revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The
pulse signal is sent to TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978387

Item name Condition Display value


VHCL/S SE-A/T During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978388

Diagnostic trouble code “P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT” with CONSULT-III or 1st judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
• After ignition switch is turned ON, irregular signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle
starts moving.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978389

• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Revolution sensor
• Vehicle speed sensor MTR
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978390

CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
• Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE-A/T” value in response to “VHCL/S SE-MTR”
value.
If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

VHCL/S SE-A/T : 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more


ACCELE POSI : More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
6. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

ENGINE SPEED : 3,500 rpm or more


ACCELE POSI : More than 1.0/8

Revision: 2008 January AT-80 D40


DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving A
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
B
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III AT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
D
Vehicle speed : 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
Accelerator opening : More than 1.0/8
Selector lever position : “D” position E
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". F
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-81 D40


DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSA/T INFOID:0000000002978391

MCWA0197E

Revision: 2008 January AT-82 D40


DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000002978392

The engine speed signal is sent from ECM to TCM. B


CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978393

AT
Item name Condition Display value
ENGINE SPEED Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading.
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978394

Diagnostic trouble code “P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG” with CONSULT-III or 16th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the ignition signal from ECM during engine cranking or E
running.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978395
F
Harness or connectors
(ECM to TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978396

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. H
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine. J
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
K
VHCL/S SE-A/T : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI : More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position L
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
M
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine. N
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.

Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more


O
Accelerator opening : More than 1.0/8
Selector lever position : “D” position
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". P
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-83 D40


DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000002980515

This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 1st gear position as instructed by TCM. This is
not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as
control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002980516

Diagnostic trouble code “P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-III or 18th judgment flicker without CON-
SULT-III is detected when TCM detects any inconsistency in the actual gear ratio.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002980517

• Input clutch solenoid valve


• Front brake solenoid valve
• Direct clutch solenoid valve
• High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
• Each clutch
• Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002980518

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “ATF TEMP 1” is within the following range.

ATF TEMP 1 : 20°C – 180°C


If out of range, drive vehicle to warm ATF or stop engine to cool ATF.
4. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
5. Select “1ST GR FNCTN P0731” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions.

Selector lever position : “1” position


GEAR : “1” position
ACCELE POSI : 0.6/8 or more
VEHICLE SPEED : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ENGINE SPEED : TURBINE REV − 50 rpm or more
TURBINE REV : 300 rpm or more
7. Keep the current driving status for at least 5 consecutive seconds if CONSULT-III screen changes from
“OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
CAUTION:
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-III for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In
case a 1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to “AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMIS-
SION)"”.
If “COMPLETED RESULT NG” is detected, check possible cause items.
If “STOP VEHICLE” is detected, go to the following step.
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Drive vehicle in “D” position allowing it to shift from 1st to 5th gear and check shift timing and shift shock.
- Touch “OK” to complete the inspection when normally shifted from the 1st to 5th gear.

Revision: 2008 January AT-84 D40


DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- Touch “NG” when an unusual shift shock, etc. occurs in spite of shifting from the 1st to 5th gear. Go to AT-
33, "Road Test". A
- Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode when not shifted from the 1st to 5th gear. (Neither “OK” nor “NG”
are indicated.)
WITH GST B
Follow the procedure “WITHOUT CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
AT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
D
Selector lever position : “1” position
Gear position : “1” position
Accelerator opening : 0.6/8 or more E
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
4. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
5. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. F

Revision: 2008 January AT-85 D40


DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000002980520

This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 2nd gear position as instructed by TCM. This is
not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as
control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002980521

Diagnostic trouble code “P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-III or 19th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected when TCM detects any inconsistency in the actual gear ratio.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002980522

• Input clutch solenoid valve


• Front brake solenoid valve
• Direct clutch solenoid valve
• High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
• Each clutch
• Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002980523

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “ATF TEMP 1” is within the following range.

ATF TEMP 1 : 20°C – 180°C


If out of range, drive vehicle to warm ATF or stop engine to cool ATF.
4. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
5. Select “2ND GR FNCTN P0732” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions.

Selector lever position : “2” position


GEAR : “2” position
ACCELE POSI : 0.6/8 or more
VEHICLE SPEED : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ENGINE SPEED : TURBINE REV − 50 rpm or more
TURBINE REV : 300 rpm or more
7. Keep the current driving status for at least 5 consecutive seconds if CONSULT-III screen changes from
“OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
CAUTION:
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-III for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In
case a 1st trip DTC other than P0732 is shown, refer to “AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMIS-
SION)"”.
If “COMPLETED RESULT NG” is detected, check possible cause items.
If “STOP VEHICLE” is detected, go to the following step.
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Drive vehicle in “D” position allowing it to shift from 1st to 5th gear and check shift timing and shift shock.
- Touch “OK” to complete the inspection when normally shifted from the 1st to 5th gear.

Revision: 2008 January AT-86 D40


DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- Touch “NG” when an unusual shift shock, etc. occurs in spite of shifting from the 1st to 5th gear. Go to AT-
33, "Road Test". A
- Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode when not shifted from the 1st to 5th gear. (Neither “OK” nor “NG”
are indicated.)
WITH GST B
Follow the procedure “WITHOUT CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
AT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
D
Selector lever position : “2” position
Gear position : “2” position
Accelerator opening : 0.6/8 or more E
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
4. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
5. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. F

Revision: 2008 January AT-87 D40


DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000002980525

This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 3rd gear position as instructed by TCM. This is
not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as
control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002980526

Diagnostic trouble code “P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-III or 20th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected when TCM detects any inconsistency in the actual gear ratio.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002980527

• Input clutch solenoid valve


• Front brake solenoid valve
• Direct clutch solenoid valve
• High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
• Each clutch
• Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002980528

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “ATF TEMP 1” is within the following range.

ATF TEMP 1 : 20°C – 180°C


If out of range, drive vehicle to warm ATF or stop engine to cool ATF.
4. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
5. Select “3RD GR FNCTN P0733” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions.

Selector lever position : “3” position


GEAR : “3” position
ACCELE POSI : 0.6/8 or more
VEHICLE SPEED : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ENGINE SPEED : TURBINE REV − 50 rpm or more
TURBINE REV : 300 rpm or more
7. Keep the current driving status for at least 5 consecutive seconds if CONSULT-III screen changes from
“OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
CAUTION:
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-III for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In
case a 1st trip DTC other than P0733 is shown, refer to “AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMIS-
SION)"”.
If “COMPLETED RESULT NG” is detected, check possible cause items.
If “STOP VEHICLE” is detected, go to the following step.
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Drive vehicle in “D” position allowing it to shift from 1st to 5th gear and check shift timing and shift shock.
- Touch “OK” to complete the inspection when normally shifted from the 1st to 5th gear.

Revision: 2008 January AT-88 D40


DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- Touch “NG” when an unusual shift shock, etc. occurs in spite of shifting from the 1st to 5th gear. Go to AT-
33, "Road Test". A
- Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode when not shifted from the 1st to 5th gear. (Neither “OK” nor “NG”
are indicated.)
WITH GST B
Follow the procedure “WITHOUT CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
AT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
D
Selector lever position : “3” position
Gear position : “3” position
Accelerator opening : 0.6/8 or more E
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
4. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
5. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. F

Revision: 2008 January AT-89 D40


DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000002980530

This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 4th gear position as instructed by TCM. This is
not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as
control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002980531

Diagnostic trouble code “P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-III or 21st judgment flicker without CON-
SULT-III is detected when TCM detects any inconsistency in the actual gear ratio.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002980532

• Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuits are open or shorted.)
• Input clutch solenoid valve
• Front brake solenoid valve
• Direct clutch solenoid valve
• High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
• Each clutch
• Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002980533

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “ATF TEMP 1” is within the following range.

ATF TEMP 1 : 20°C – 180°C


If out of range, drive vehicle to warm ATF or stop engine to cool ATF.
4. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
5. Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions.

Selector lever position : “D” position


O/D OFF indicator lamp : ON
GEAR : “4” position
ACCELE POSI : 0.6/8 or more
VEHICLE SPEED : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ENGINE SPEED : TURBINE REV − 50 rpm or more
TURBINE REV : 300 rpm or more
7. Keep the current driving status for at least 5 consecutive seconds if CONSULT-III screen changes from
“OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
CAUTION:
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-III for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In
case a 1st trip DTC other than P0734 is shown, refer to “AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMIS-
SION)"”.
If “COMPLETED RESULT NG” is detected, check possible cause items.
If “STOP VEHICLE” is detected, go to the following step.
8. Stop vehicle.

Revision: 2008 January AT-90 D40


DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Drive vehicle in “D” position allowing it to shift from 1st to 5th gear and check shift timing and shift shock.
- Touch “OK” to complete the inspection when normally shifted from the 1st to 5th gear. A
- Touch “NG” when an unusual shift shock, etc. occurs in spite of shifting from the 1st to 5th gear. Go to AT-
33, "Road Test".
- Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode when not shifted from the 1st to 5th gear. (Neither “OK” nor “NG”
B
are indicated.)
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITHOUT CONSULT-III”. AT
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas. D
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Selector lever position : “D” position E


O/D OFF indicator lamp : ON
Gear position : “4” position
Accelerator opening : 0.6/8 or more F
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
4. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
5. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. G

Revision: 2008 January AT-91 D40


DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000002980535

This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 5th gear position as instructed by TCM. This is
not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as
control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002980536

Diagnostic trouble code “P0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN” with CONSULT-III or 22nd judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected when TCM detects any inconsistency in the actual gear ratio.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002980537

• Input clutch solenoid valve


• Front brake solenoid valve
• Direct clutch solenoid valve
• High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
• Each clutch
• Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002980538

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “ATF TEMP 1” is within the following range.

ATF TEMP 1 : 20°C – 180°C


If out of range, drive vehicle to warm ATF or stop engine to cool ATF.
4. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
5. Select “5TH GR FNCTN P0735” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions.

Selector lever position : “D” position


O/D OFF indicator lamp : OFF
GEAR : “5” position
ACCELE POSI : 0.6/8 or more
VEHICLE SPEED : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ENGINE SPEED : TURBINE REV − 50 rpm or more
TURBINE REV : 300 rpm or more
7. Keep the current driving status for at least 5 consecutive seconds if CONSULT-III screen changes from
“OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
CAUTION:
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-III for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In
case a 1st trip DTC other than P0735 is shown, refer to “AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMIS-
SION)"”.
If “COMPLETED RESULT NG” is detected, check possible cause items.
If “STOP VEHICLE” is detected, go to the following step.
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Drive vehicle in “D” position allowing it to shift from 1st to 5th gear and check shift timing and shift shock.
- Touch “OK” to complete the inspection when normally shifted from the 1st to 5th gear.

Revision: 2008 January AT-92 D40


DTC P0735 A/T 5TH GEAR FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- Touch “NG” when an unusual shift shock, etc. occurs in spite of shifting from the 1st to 5th gear. Go to AT-
33, "Road Test". A
- Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode when not shifted from the 1st to 5th gear. (Neither “OK” nor “NG”
are indicated.)
WITH GST B
Follow the procedure “WITHOUT CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
AT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
D
Selector lever position : “D” position
O/D OFF indicator lamp : OFF
Gear position : “5” position E
Accelerator opening : 0.6/8 or more
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
4. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". F
5. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-93 D40


DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000002978397

• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D5 by the TCM in response to sig-
nals sent from the vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor).
Torque converter clutch piston operation will then be controlled.
• Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1.0/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not
change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978398

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 – 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978399

Diagnostic trouble code “P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 3rd judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
• When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978400

• Torque converter clutch solenoid valve


• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978401

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

VHCL/S SE-A/T : 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more


ACCELE POSI : 0.5/8 – 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Vehicle speed : 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more


Accelerator opening : 0.5/8 – 1.0/8

Revision: 2008 January AT-94 D40


DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Selector lever position : “D” position
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving A
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. B

AT

Revision: 2008 January AT-95 D40


DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
Description INFOID:0000000002978402

This malfunction is detected when A/T does not shift into 5th gear position or the torque converter clutch does
not lock-up as instructed by TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted)
but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978403

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 – 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978404

Diagnostic trouble code “P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN” with CONSULT-III or 3rd judgment flicker without CON-
SULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
• When TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978405

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
• Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978406

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 seconds.

SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position


ACCELE POSI : More than 1.0/8
TCC SOLENOID : 0.4 – 0.6 A
VEHICLE SPEED : 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions re-
Driving location
quired for this test
- For shift schedule, refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases".
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 consecutive seconds.

Selector lever position : “D” position


Vehicle speed : 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more

Revision: 2008 January AT-96 D40


DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Accelerator opening : More than 1.0/8
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions A
Driving location
required for this test
- For shift schedule, refer to AT-38, "Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases".
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". B
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

AT

Revision: 2008 January AT-97 D40


DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000002978407

Line pressure solenoid valve regulates oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to
a signal sent from TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978408

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 – 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978409

Diagnostic trouble code “P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 4th judgment flicker without CON-
SULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
• When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978410

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Line pressure solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978411

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 second.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 second.
2. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
3. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-98 D40


DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000002978412

The accelerator pedal position sensor sends a signal to ECM, and ECM sends signals to TCM with CAN com- B
munication.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978413

AT

Item name Condition Display value


Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8 D
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8.0/8

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978414 E

Diagnostic trouble code “P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T” with CONSULT-III or 15th judgment flicker without CON-
SULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN
communication) from ECM. F

Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978415

G
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978416
H
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
J
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
K
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III L
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
3. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. M

Revision: 2008 January AT-99 D40


DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000002978417

A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978418

Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)


ATF TEMP SE 1 3.3 – 2.7 – 0.9 V
0 (32) – 20 (68) – 80 (176)
ATF TEMP SE 2 3.3 – 2.5 – 0.7 V

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978419

Diagnostic trouble code “P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 10th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978420

• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/T fluid temperature sensors 1 and/or 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978421

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to
maintain continuously.)

VHCL/S SE-A/T : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more


ACCELE POSI : More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to
maintain continuously.)

Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more


Accelerator opening : More than 1.0/8
Selector lever position : “D” position
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-100 D40


DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - AT - FTS INFOID:0000000002978422

AT

P
MCWA0231E

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000002978423

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1


1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2".

Revision: 2008 January AT-101 D40


DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check resistance between terminals.

Connec- Temperature Resistance


Name Terminal
tor °C (°F) (Approx.)
0 (32) 15 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature
F505 6–7 20 (68) 6.5 kΩ
sensor 1
80 (176) 0.9 kΩ
3. If NG, replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control
Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
SCIA5463E

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2


1. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2".
2. Check resistance between terminals.

Temperature Resistance
Name Connector Terminal
°C (°F) (Approx.)
0 (32) 10 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature
F507 1–2 20 (68) 4 kΩ
sensor 2
80 (176) 0.5 kΩ
3. If NG, replace A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-160,
"Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
SCIA5271E

Revision: 2008 January AT-102 D40


DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
A
Description INFOID:0000000002978429

The vehicle speed sensor MTR signal is transmitted from combination meter to TCM by CAN communication B
line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. TCM will then
use the vehicle speed sensor MTR signal.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978430 AT

Item name Condition Display value


D
VHCL/S SE-MTR During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978431


E
Diagnostic trouble code “P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not
receive the proper vehicle speed sensor MTR signal (input by CAN communication) from combination meter.
F
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978432

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) G

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978433

CAUTION: H
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and I
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III J
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. K

ACCELE POSI : 1.0/8 or less


VHCL/S SE-MTR : 30 km/h (17 MPH) or more
L
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-103 D40


DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
Description INFOID:0000000002978434

Fail-safe function to detect interlock conditions.


On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978435

• Diagnostic trouble code “P1730 A/T INTERLOCK” with CONSULT-III or 12th judgment flicker without CON-
SULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor and switch.
• TCM monitors and compares gear position and conditions of each ATF pressure switch when gear is steady.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978436

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Low coast brake solenoid valve
• ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978437

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds.

SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position


4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following condition for at least 2 consecutive seconds.

Selector lever position : “D” position


3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.
Judgment of A/T Interlock INFOID:0000000002978438

• When A/T Interlock is judged to be malfunctioning, the vehicle should be fixed in 2nd gear, and should be set
in a condition in which it can travel.
NOTE:
When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed,
but this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction.
• When interlock is detected at the 3rd gear or more, it is locked at the 2nd gear.

Revision: 2008 January AT-104 D40


DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING
A
Description INFOID:0000000002978439

Fail-safe function to prevent sudden decrease in speed by engine brake other than at “1” position. B
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978440

AT
Item name Condition Display value
Low coast brake engaged. ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. OFF D
Low coast brake engaged. ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. OFF
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978441

Diagnostic trouble code “P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING” with CONSULT-III or 13th judgment flicker without F
CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
• When TCM monitors each ATF pressure switch and solenoid monitor value, and detects as irregular when
engine brake of 1st gear acts other than at “1” position. G

Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978442

H
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Low coast brake solenoid valve
• ATF pressure switch 2 I
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978443

CAUTION: J
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
• Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE: K
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously preformed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
L
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. M
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds.

ENGINE SPEED : 1,200 rpm or more


SLCT LVR POSI : “1” position
N
GEAR : “1” position
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. O
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds. P

Engine speed : 1,200 rpm or more


Selector lever position : “1” position
Gear position : “1” position
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-105 D40


DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000002978444

Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle speed
sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the opti-
mum position.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978445

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


Input clutch disengaged. 0.6 – 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. 0 – 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978446

Diagnostic trouble code “P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 5th judgment flicker without CON-
SULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
• When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978447

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Input clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978448

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

ACCELE POSI : 1.5/8 – 2.0/8


SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
GEAR : “3” ⇒ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving con-
Driving location
ditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Accelerator opening : 1.5/8 – 2.0/8


Selector lever position : “D” position

Revision: 2008 January AT-106 D40


DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Gear position : “3” ⇒ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving con- A
Driving location
ditions required for this test.
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. B

AT

Revision: 2008 January AT-107 D40


DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000002978454

Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle speed
sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the opti-
mum position.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978455

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


Front brake engaged. 0.6 – 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. 0 – 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978456

Diagnostic trouble code “P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 6th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
• When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978457

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Front brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978458

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

ACCELE POSI : 1.5/8 – 2.0/8


SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
GEAR : “3” ⇒ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving con-
Driving location
ditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Accelerator opening : 1.5/8 – 2.0/8


Selector lever position : “D” position

Revision: 2008 January AT-108 D40


DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Gear position : “3” ⇒ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving A
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. B

AT

Revision: 2008 January AT-109 D40


DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000002978464

Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle speed
sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the opti-
mum position.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978465

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


Direct clutch disengaged. 0.6 – 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. 0 – 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978466

Diagnostic trouble code “P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 2nd judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
• When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978467

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Direct clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978468

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

ACCELE POSI : 1.5/8 – 2.0/8


SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
GEAR : “1” ⇒ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Accelerator opening : 1.5/8 – 2.0/8


Selector lever position : “D” position

Revision: 2008 January AT-110 D40


DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Gear position : “1” ⇒ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving A
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. B

AT

Revision: 2008 January AT-111 D40


DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000002978474

High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch,
vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978475

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


High and low reverse clutch disengaged. 0.6 – 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. 0 – 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978476

Diagnostic trouble code “P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 8th judgment flicker without CON-
SULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
• When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978477

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978478

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

ACCELE POSI : 1.5/8 – 2.0/8


SLCT LVR POSI : “D” position
GEAR : “2” ⇒ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Accelerator opening : 1.5/8 – 2.0/8


Selector lever position : “D” position

Revision: 2008 January AT-112 D40


DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Gear position : “2” ⇒ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving A
Driving location
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items. B

AT

Revision: 2008 January AT-113 D40


DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000002978484

Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned ON or OFF by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch,
vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978485

Item name Condition Display value


Low coast brake engaged. ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978486

Diagnostic trouble code “P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-III or 7th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid
valve.
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978487

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
• Low coast brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978488

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

SLCT LVR POSI : “1” or “2” position


GEAR : “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF)
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Selector lever position : “1” or “2” position


Gear position : “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF)
3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
4. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-114 D40


DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000002978489

• Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned ON or OFF by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, B
vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
• This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunc-
tion such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978490

D
Item name Condition Display value
Low coast brake engaged. ON
ON OFF SOL E
Low coast brake disengaged. OFF
Low coast brake engaged. ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. OFF F

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000002978491

G
Diagnostic trouble code “P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-III or 7th judgment flicker without
CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions.
• When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) H
• When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause INFOID:0000000002978492
I

• Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.) J
• Low coast brake solenoid valve
• ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978493 K

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. M

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. N
3. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.

SLCT LVR POSI : “1” or “2” position O


GEAR : “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF)
4. Perform step 3 again.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 4 again. P
6. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
If DTC (P1774) is detected, go to AT-115.
If DTC (P1772) is detected, go to AT-114.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

Revision: 2008 January AT-115 D40


DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Start the engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.

Selector lever posi-


: “1” or “2” position
tion
Gear position : “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF)
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF position, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
6. If the check result is NG, check possible cause items.

Revision: 2008 January AT-116 D40


MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Wiring Diagram - AT - MAIN INFOID:0000000002978514

AT

JSDWA0002GB

TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value INFOID:0000000002978515

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.

Revision: 2008 January AT-117 D40


MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminal Wire color Item Condition Data (Approx.)


Power supply
1 R Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
Power supply
2 R Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
5 B Ground Always 0V

— Battery voltage

6 Y Power supply

— 0V

10 B Ground Always 0V

Revision: 2008 January AT-118 D40


CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-
CUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION
A
CIRCUIT
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978516
B

Item name Condition Display value


Released accelerator pedal. ON AT
CLSD THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON
W/O THL POS D
Released accelerator pedal. OFF

Revision: 2008 January AT-119 D40


BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978517

Item name Condition Display value


Depressed brake pedal. ON
BRAKE SW
Released brake pedal. OFF

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003743934

Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E116 terminals 1 and 2. Refer to AT-123, "Wir-
ing Diagram - AT - NONDTC".

Condition Continuity
When brake pedal depressed Yes
When brake pedal released No
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to BR-5, "Inspection and Adjustment".

Revision: 2008 January AT-120 D40


1ST POSITION SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1ST POSITION SWITCH
A
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978518

B
Item name Condition Display value
Selector lever in “1” position. ON
1 POSITION SW
Selector lever in other positions. OFF AT

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003743949

D
Check continuity between A/T device connector M79 terminals 9 and 10. Refer to AT-123, "Wiring Diagram -
AT - NONDTC".

Condition Continuity E
Selector lever in “1” position Yes
Selector lever in other position No
F

Revision: 2008 January AT-121 D40


OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000002978519

Item name Condition Display value


Holding overdrive control switch ON
OD CONT SW
Releasing overdrive control switch OFF

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003743953

Check continuity between A/T device connector M79 terminals 7 and 8. Refer to AT-123, "Wiring Diagram - AT
- NONDTC".

Condition Continuity
Holding overdrive control switch Yes
Releasing overdrive control switch No

Revision: 2008 January AT-122 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A
Wiring Diagram - AT - NONDTC INFOID:0000000002978520

AT

JSDWA0003GB

Revision: 2008 January AT-123 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

TCWB0544E

Revision: 2008 January AT-124 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

AT

TCWB0545E

P
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value INFOID:0000000002978521

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.

Revision: 2008 January AT-125 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Wire
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
3 L CAN-H — —
K-line (CONSULT-
4 SB The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-III. —
III signal)
Selector lever in “R” position. 0V
Back-up lamp re-
7 LG
lay Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

8 P CAN-L — —
Selector lever in “N” and “P” positions. Battery voltage
9 B/R Starter relay
Selector lever in other positions. 0V

OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On INFOID:0000000002978522

SYMPTOM:
OD OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch ON.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-71.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
Check combination meter. Refer to DI-5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-117.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position INFOID:0000000002978523

SYMPTOM:
• Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
• Engine can be started with selector lever in “R”, “D”, “3”, “2” or “1” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-76.

Revision: 2008 January AT-126 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONTROL CABLE A

Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".


OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
3.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM AT
Check starting system. Refer to SC-5.
OK or NG
D
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed INFOID:0000000002978524 E

SYMPTOM:
Even though selector lever is set in the “P” position, the parking mechanism is not actuated, allowing F
the vehicle to be moved when it is pushed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT G

With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. H
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch? I
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-76.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONTROL CABLE J
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
3.CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS L
Check parking components. Refer to AT-163, "Parking Component (2WD Models Only)" (2WD models), AT-
195 (4WD models).
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION N
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
O
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-
39, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58) P

In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves INFOID:0000000002978525

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

Revision: 2008 January AT-127 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-76.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-
39, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.60).
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CHECK AT IDLE” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position) INFOID:0000000002978526

SYMPTOM:
A noticeable shock occurs when selector lever is shifted from the “N” to “D” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?

Revision: 2008 January AT-128 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE IDLE SPEED
Check engine idle speed. Refer to EC-23, "Basic Inspection" (QR25DE), EC-192, "Basic Inspection" B
(YD25DDTi).
OK or NG
AT
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust engine idle speed. Refer to EC-23, "Basic Inspection" (QR25DE), EC-192, "Basic Inspec-
tion" (YD25DDTi).
3.CHECK CONTROL CABLE
D

Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".


OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
4.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL F
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.
5.CHECK LINE PRESSURE H
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble
Diagnosis".
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high: GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low: GO TO 7. J
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2". K
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump". L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. M
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- N
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump". O
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195.
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG

Revision: 2008 January AT-129 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.1).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CHECK AT IDLE” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position INFOID:0000000002978527

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not creep in the “R” position. Or an extreme lack of acceleration is observed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III"
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4.CHECK STALL TEST
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “1” and “R” positions. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble
Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2008 January AT-130 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK in “1” position, NG in “R” position>>GO TO 5.
NG in both “1” and “R” positions>>GO TO 8. A
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
B
2. Check the following items:
- Reverse brake. Refer to AT-195.
OK or NG
AT
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK LINE PRESSURE D
Check line pressure with the engine idling. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. E
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 7.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 8.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM F
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195. G
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195. J
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195. K
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
M
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
N
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM O
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CHECK AT IDLE” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2008 January AT-131 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position INFOID:0000000002978528

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4.CHECK STALL TEST
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagno-
sis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble
Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

Revision: 2008 January AT-132 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7. A
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
B
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following items:
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump". AT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. D
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- E
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump". F
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195.
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION H

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.
J
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.43). K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L
10.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CHECK AT IDLE” (AT-33, "Road Test").
M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11. N
11.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness O
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END P
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

Revision: 2008 January AT-133 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1 INFOID:0000000002978529

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on “Cruise Test - Part 1” and “Cruise Test - Part 2”.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps in “R” position.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-130, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position".
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Check accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-99.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor.
4.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.
5.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.

Revision: 2008 January AT-134 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump". A
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195.
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195.
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION AT
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.
E
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.23). F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. G
10.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1” (AT-33, "Road Test").
H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
I
11.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness J
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
L
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D1→ D2 INFOID:0000000002978530
N

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from D1 to D2 gear at the specified speed. O
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM P
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-132, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position", AT-134, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1".
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Revision: 2008 January AT-135 D40
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195.
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2008 January AT-136 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9.CHECK SYMPTOM A
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1”, “CRUISE TEST - PART 2” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END B
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK TCM
AT
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG D
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
E
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.10). F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. G
A/T Does Not Shift: D2→ D3 INFOID:0000000002978531

SYMPTOM: H
The vehicle does not shift-up from D2 to D3 gear at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
I
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-132, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position", AT-134, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1". K
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III L
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". M
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". N
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid". O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF. P
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

Revision: 2008 January AT-137 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195.
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1”, “CRUISE TEST - PART 2” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2008 January AT-138 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/T Does Not Shift: D3→ D4 INFOID:0000000002978532

A
SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from D3 to D4 gear at the specified speed.
B
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1. AT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-132, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position", AT-134, "Vehicle Cannot Be D
Started from D1".
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS E
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III F
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68, G
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL H
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> Refill ATF.
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE J
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. K
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM L
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195. M
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM O
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195. P
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195.
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2008 January AT-139 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1”, “CRUISE TEST - PART 2” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D4→ D5 INFOID:0000000002978533

SYMPTOM:
• The vehicle does not shift-up from D4 to D5gear at the specified speed.
• The vehicle does not shift-up from D4 to D5 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-132, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" Position", AT-134, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1".
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?

Revision: 2008 January AT-140 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". A
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
B
Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-122.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid". D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF. E
5.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis". F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6. G
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- H
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following. I
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- K
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following. L
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195.
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. N
8.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis". O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12. P
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2008 January AT-141 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up INFOID:0000000002978534

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 4.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 5.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following.
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".

Revision: 2008 January AT-142 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. A
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
B
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2".
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-195.
3. Check the following. AT
- Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-202, "Oil Pump".
- Power train system. Refer to AT-195.
- Transmission case. Refer to AT-195. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. E
6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis". F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
G
NG >> GO TO 10.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp- H
tom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. I
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK SYMPTOM
J
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END K
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". L
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM N

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
P
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition INFOID:0000000002978535

SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be maintained for more than 30 seconds.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

Revision: 2008 January AT-143 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Lock-up Is Not Released INFOID:0000000002978536

SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be cancelled even after releasing accelerator pedal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

Revision: 2008 January AT-144 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS A
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III B
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68, AT
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM D
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
E
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TCM F
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle INFOID:0000000002978537

SYMPTOM: I
When a shift-down is performed, the engine speed does not smoothly return to the idling speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
J
1.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refill ATF.
L
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. M
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results? N
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis". P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.65).

Revision: 2008 January AT-145 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 1” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.65).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear INFOID:0000000002978538

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from D5 to D4 position, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-122.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4.CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
OK or NG

Revision: 2008 January AT-146 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position". A
5.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
B
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
AT
NG >> GO TO 9.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp- D
tom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. E
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK SYMPTOM
F
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 3” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END G
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". H
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG I
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM J

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear INFOID:0000000002978539

SYMPTOM: M
When shifted from D4 to 33 position, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
N
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. O
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results? P
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG

Revision: 2008 January AT-147 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
3.CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
4.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 8.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 3” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear INFOID:0000000002978540

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 33 to 22 position, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?

Revision: 2008 January AT-148 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III". A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
B
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
AT
NG >> Refill ATF.
3.CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position". D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position". E
4.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2". F
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 8.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp- H
tom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK SYMPTOM J
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 3” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END K
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK TCM
L
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
N
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.16). O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. P
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear INFOID:0000000002978541

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 22 to 11 position, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

Revision: 2008 January AT-149 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68,
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
Check 1st position switch circuit. Refer to AT-121.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4.CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
5.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 3” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2008 January AT-150 D40


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake INFOID:0000000002978542
AT

SYMPTOM:
No engine brake is applied when the gear is shifted from the 22 to 11 gear. D

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS E
With CONSULT-III
• Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III F
• Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-68, "Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)", AT-68, G
"Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT H

Check 1st position switch circuit. Refer to AT-121.


OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL J
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T Fluid".
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
4.CHECK CONTROL CABLE L
Check control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. M
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position".
5.CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
N
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-160, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2".
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-29, "Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis".
OK or NG
O
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM P
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.53).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK SYMPTOM
Revision: 2008 January AT-151 D40
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check again. Refer to “CRUISE TEST - PART 3” (AT-33, "Road Test").
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-59, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value".
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-39, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.53).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2008 January AT-152 D40


SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
A
Control Device Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000002978543

COMPONENTS B

AT

SCIA7212E
K
1. Selector button 2. Selector spring 3. Overdrive control switch
4. Lock pin 5. Selector lever knob 6. Position indicator plate
L
7. Control device assembly 8. A/T device harness connector 9. Shift lock solenoid and park posi-
tion switch assembly
10. Position lamp
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component". M

REMOVAL
Refer to the figure for control device removal procedure. N
CAUTION:
Make sure that parking brake is applied before removal/installation.
Refer to the figure for control device removal procedure.
• The followings are the procedure for removing selector lever knob. O

Revision: 2008 January AT-153 D40


SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- Remove knob cover (2) below selector lever knob (1) downward.
- Pull lock pin (3) out of selector lever knob.
- Remove selector lever knob and knob cover.

SCIA7296E

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
When installing selector lever knob, shift the selector lever to the “N” position.
After installation is completed, adjust and check A/T position. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position"
and AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
Control Cable Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000002978544

COMPONENTS

SCIA7295E

1. Control device assembly 2. A/T assembly 3. Manual lever


4. Lock plate 5. Bracket 6. Floor panel
7. Control cable 8. Lock plate
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".

REMOVAL
Refer to the figure above for control rod removal procedure.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• After installation is completed, adjust and check A/T position. Refer to AT-155, "Adjustment of A/T Position"
and AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".

Revision: 2008 January AT-154 D40


SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Adjustment of A/T Position INFOID:0000000002978545

A
1. Loosen nut of control cable.
2. Place manual lever and selector lever in “P” position.
3. Push control cable in the direction shown with a force of 9.8 N (1 B
kg, 2.2 lb), release it. This is in the natural state, tighten nut to
the specified torque. Refer to AT-154, "Control Cable Removal
and Installation". AT

D
SCIA6789E

Checking of A/T Position INFOID:0000000002978546


E

1. Place selector lever in “P” position, and turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check selector lever can be shifted to other than “P” position when brake pedal is depressed. Also check F
selector lever can be shifted from “P” position only when brake pedal is depressed.
3. Shift the selector lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle.
4. Check selector lever stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all the G
positions. Check whether or not the actual position selector lever is in matches the position shown by the
shift position indicator and the A/T body.
5. The method of operating the selector lever to individual posi- H
tions correctly should be as shown in the figure.
6. When selector button is pressed in “P”, “R”, or “N” position with-
out applying forward/backward force to selector lever, check but- I
ton operation for sticking.
7. Check back-up lamps illuminate only when selector lever is
placed in the “R” position. Check back-up lamps does not illumi- J
nate when selector lever is pushed against “R” position in the
“P” or “N” position.
8. Check engine can only be started with selector lever in the “P” K
and “N” positions. SCIA7316E

9. Check A/T is locked completely in “P” position.


L

Revision: 2008 January AT-155 D40


A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000002978547

• The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:


With the ignition switch turned to ON, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position
unless brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless selector lever is placed in “P” position.
• The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid
and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder, respectively.
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location INFOID:0000000002978548

SCIA8111E

Revision: 2008 January AT-156 D40


A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - A/T - SHIFT INFOID:0000000002978549

AT

P
TCWB0546E

Revision: 2008 January AT-157 D40


KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000002978550

COMPONENTS

SCIA6791E

CAUTION:
• Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or interfer-
ence with adjacent parts.
• After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are
firmly secured in their positions. If casing cap can be removed with an external load of less than 39
N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace key interlock cable with new one.
REMOVAL
Refer to the figure for key interlock cable removal procedure.
• Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster holder.

SCIA6793E

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2008 January AT-158 D40


KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Move slider in order to secure adjuster holder to interlock rod.
CAUTION: A
Do not touch any other areas than slider or apply any force to
slider except in the sliding direction.
• Refer to the followings when installing key interlock cable.
B
- Turn ignition key to “LOCK” position.
- Set select lever to “P” position.

AT

SCIA1232E

Revision: 2008 January AT-159 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000002978551

COMPONENTS

JPDIA0707GB

1. A/T 2. Snap ring 3. Sub-harness


4. Control valve with TCM 5. Bracket 6. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
7. Oil pan gasket 8. Clip (for YD25DDTi models) 9. Oil pan mounting bolt
10. Oil pan 11. Magnet 12. Drain plug
13. Drain plug gasket 14. Terminal cord assembly 15. O-ring
A. For tightening torque, refer to “Installation”.
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".

CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Removal
Refer to the figure for control valve with TCM removal procedure.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage connector when removing any connector.

Revision: 2008 January AT-160 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When removing control valve with TCM from transmission
case, be careful with the manual valve notch and manual plate A
height. Remove it vertically.

AT

SCIA5142E

D
• Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of mal-
function. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign
particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may need replace- E
ment. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build
up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to stick and can
inhibit pump pressure.
- If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after repair of F
A/T. Refer to CO-35.

G
SCIA5199E

Installation
H
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage connector when removing any connector.
• Do not reuse O-ring and drain plug gasket. I
• Apply ATF to O-ring.
• Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with TCM when installing A/T fluid tempera-
ture sensor 2 (with bracket). J
• After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/
T Fluid".
• Refer to the followings when installing control valve with TCM to transmission case.
CAUTION: K
• Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs
turbine revolution sensor hole.
• Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so as L
not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM.
• Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.
M

N
SCIA5034E

• Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with O


manual plate projection.

SCIA5142E

Revision: 2008 January AT-161 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

• Refer to the followings when installing bolts of control valve with TCM.
- Install bolts A, B and C in control valve with TCM. Tighten bolt 1, 2
and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After that tighten them in
order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other bolts. Tighten control
valve with TCM bolts to the specified torque. Refer to "COMPO-
NENTS".

: Vehicle front

Bolt symbol A B C
Number of bolts 5 6 1 SCIA8075E

Bolt being 40 Bolt being 50


Length mm (in) 42 (1.65) 55 (2.17)
mm (1.57 in) mm (1.97 in)
With ATF ap-
Tightening torque plied
7.9 (0.81, 70) 7.9 (0.81, 70)
N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
7.9 (0.81, 70)

• Refer to the followings when installing oil pan (2) (with oil pan gas-
ket) and clips (1) (for YD25DDTi models) to transmission case.

: Vehicle front
: Oil pan mounting bolt

CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil pan gasket and oil pan mounting bolts.
• Install it in the direction to align hole positions.
• Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
from oil pan gasket mounting surfaces. SCIA8068E
• Install it so that drain plug (3) comes to the position as
shown in the figure.
• Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
- Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numerical
order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
"COMPONENTS".

SCIA4113E

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Removal
Refer to the figure for A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 removal procedure.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

Revision: 2008 January AT-162 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of mal-
function. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign A
particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may need replace-
ment. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build
up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to stick and can
B
inhibit pump pressure.
- If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after repair of
A/T. Refer to CO-13 (QR25DE), CO-35 (YD25DDTi).
AT

SCIA5199E

D
Installation
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage connector. E
• Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
• After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Check-
ing A/T Fluid". F
• Refer to the followings when installing oil pan (2) (with oil pan gas-
ket) and clips (1) (for YD25DDTi models) to transmission case.

: Vehicle front G

: Oil pan mounting bolt

CAUTION: H
• Do not reuse oil pan gasket and oil pan mounting bolts.
• Install it in the direction to align hole positions.
• Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
from oil pan gasket mounting surfaces. I
SCIA8068E
• Install it so that drain plug (3) comes to the position as
shown in the figure.
• Be careful not to pinch harnesses. J
- Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numerical
order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
K
"COMPONENTS".

M
SCIA4113E

Parking Component (2WD Models Only) INFOID:0000000002978552


N
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Components O

Revision: 2008 January AT-163 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

JPDIA0466GB

1. Bracket 2. Rear extension 3. Parking actuator support


4. Return spring 5. Parking pawl 6. Pawl shaft
7. Rear oil seal 8. Bracket (for QR25DE models) 9. Self-sealing bolt
10. Seal ring 11. Parking gear 12. Output shaft
13. Bearing race 14. Needle bearing
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component"
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
*
: Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent.

Removal
Refer to the figure above for parking components removal procedure.
CAUTION:
• When setting transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug.
• Be careful not to scratch rear extension.
Installation
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
• Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pawl and the parking actuator support when assem-
bling the rear extension assembly.

Revision: 2008 January AT-164 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage, A/T fluid level and A/T position. Refer to AT-14,
"Checking A/T Fluid", AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position". A
• As shown in the figure, use a drift to drive rear oil seal into the rear
extension until it is flush.
CAUTION:
B
• Apply ATF to rear oil seal.
• Do not reuse rear oil seal.

AT

D
SCIA6694E

• Refer to the followings when installing rear extension assembly. E


- Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent to rear
extension assembly as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc. from F
the transmission case and rear extension assembly mounting
surfaces.
G

H
SCIA8156E

- Tighten rear extension assembly bolts to the specified torque. I


Refer to "Components".

1 : Bracket (for QR25DE models)


J
2 : Bracket
3 : Self-sealing bolt
A : Bolt
K

JSDIA0293ZZ L

Rear Oil Seal INFOID:0000000002978553

M
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
CAUTION: N
Be careful not to scratch rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD mod-
els).
Installation O
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking
P
A/T Fluid".

Revision: 2008 January AT-165 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• As shown in the figure, use the drift to drive rear oil seal into rear
extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly
(4WD models) until it is flush.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse rear oil seal.
• Apply ATF to rear oil seal.

SCIA7121E

Revolution Sensor Component (2WD Models Only) INFOID:0000000002978554

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Components

Revision: 2008 January AT-166 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

AT

JPDIA0574GB
K

1. A/T 2. Oil pan gasket 3. Clip (for YD25DDTi models)


4. Oil pan mounting bolt 5. Oil pan mounting bolt 6. Oil pan L
7. Drain plug 8. Drain plug gasket 9. Revolution sensor
10. Rear extension 11. Self-sealing bolt 12. Bracket (for QR25DE models)
13. Bracket M
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
*
: Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent. N

Removal
Refer to the figure for above revolution sensor removal procedure. O
CAUTION:
• When setting transmission jack, place wooden blocks to prevent from damaging control valve with
TCM and transmission case.
• Be careful not to damage connector P
• Refer to the followings when removing revolution sensor.
- Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.
- Do not disassemble.
- Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area.
- Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

Revision: 2008 January AT-167 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of mal-
function. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign
particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may need replace-
ment. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build
up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to stick and can
inhibit pump pressure.
- If friction material is detected, replace radiator after repair of
A/T. Refer to CO-13, "Components" (QR25DE), CO-35
(YD25DDTi).

SCIA5199E

Installation
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Refer to the followings when removing revolution sensor.
- Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.
- Do not disassemble.
- Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area.
- Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
• Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pole and the parking actuator support when assem-
bling the rear extension assembly.
• Do not drain plug gasket.
• After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage, A/T fluid level and A/T position. Refer to AT-14,
"Checking A/T Fluid", AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".
• Refer to the followings when installing rear extension assembly.
- Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent to rear
extension assembly as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc. from
the transmission case and rear extension assembly mounting
surfaces.

SCIA8156E

- Tighten rear extension assembly bolts to the specified torque.


Refer to "Components".

1 : Bracket (for QR25DE models)


2 : Bracket
3 : Self-sealing bolt
A : Bolt

JSDIA0293ZZ

Revision: 2008 January AT-168 D40


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Refer to the followings when installing oil pan (2) (with oil pan gas-
ket) and clips (1) (for YD25DDTi models) to transmission case. A

: Vehicle front
: Bolt (22) B
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil pan gasket and oil pan mounting bolts.
• Install it in the direction to align hole positions. AT
• Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
from oil pan gasket mounting surfaces. SCIA8068E
• Install it so that drain plug (3) comes to the position as D
shown in the figure.
• Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
- Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numerical
order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them. E
Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
"Components".
F

SCIA4113E
H

Revision: 2008 January AT-169 D40


AIR BREATHER HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AIR BREATHER HOSE
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000002978555

QR25DE MODELS
Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure.

LCIA0395E

CAUTION:
• When installing an air breather hose, do not to crush or block by folding or bending the hose.
• When inserting a hose to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the
tube bend portion.
YD25DDTi MODELS
Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure.

Revision: 2008 January AT-170 D40


AIR BREATHER HOSE
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

AT

H
SCIA7258E

1. Air breather tube bracket 2. Clip 3. Bracket


4. Air breather hose 5. Air breather tube I
A. Paint mark
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
J
CAUTION:
• When installing air breather hose, do not to crush or block by folding or bending the hose.
• When inserting air breather hose to air breather tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches
the tube bend portion. K
• Install air breather hose to air breather tube so that the paint mark is facing upward.
• Ensure clips are securely installed to brackets when installing air breather hose to brackets.
• Install air breather hose (1) to air breather tube bracket (2) so L
that the paint mark (A) is facing upward as shown in the fig-
ure.
NOTE:
• The paint mark (A) on air breather hose (1) indicates “1”. M
• The paint mark (A) on transfer control device air breather hose (3)
indicates “2”. (4WD models)
• The paint mark (A) on transfer air breather hose (4) indicates “3”. N
(4WD models)

SCIA7312E O

Revision: 2008 January AT-171 D40


A/T FLUID COOLER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
A/T FLUID COOLER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000002978556

COMPONENTS

SCIA7214E

1. Radiator core support lower 2. Hose clamp 3. A/T fluid cooler hose (fluid cooler
tube to A/T)
4. Fluid cooler tube 5. A/T fluid cooler hose (lower) 6. A/T fluid cooler hose (upper)
7. A/T fluid cooler hose (radiator to fluid 8. A/T fluid cooler 9. Radiator
cooler tube)

REMOVAL
Refer to the figure above for A/T fluid cooler removal procedure.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to AT-14, "Checking A/T
Fluid".

Hose name Hose end Paint mark Position of hose clamp*

A/T fluid cooler hose (fluid cooler A/T side Facing upward A
tube to A/T) Fluid cooler tube side Facing to the right of the vehicle B
A/T fluid cooler side Facing upward B
A/T fluid cooler hose (lower)
Fluid cooler tube side Facing upward C
A/T fluid cooler side Facing upward B
A/T fluid cooler hose (upper)
Fluid cooler tube side Facing upward A

Revision: 2008 January AT-172 D40


A/T FLUID COOLER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hose name Hose end Paint mark Position of hose clamp*
A
A/T fluid cooler hose (radiator to fluid Radiator side Facing upward D
cooler tube) Fluid cooler tube side Facing upward E
*: Refer to the illustrations for the specific position each hose clamp tab. B
• The illustrations indicate the view from the hose ends.
• When installing hose clamps center line of each clamp tab should
be positioned as shown in the figure.
AT

SCIA6914E
I
• Set hose clamps at 5 - 9 mm (0.20 - 0.35 in) from the edge of A/T
fluid cooler hose.
J
Distance “A”: 5 - 9 mm (0.20 - 0.35 in)
• Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of A/T fluid cooler
tube. K

SCIA6919E

M
• Insert A/T fluid cooler hose (1) 30 - 33 mm (1.18 - 1.30 in) from the
end of A/T fluid cooler tube (2).

Distance “A”: 30 - 33 mm (1.18 - 1.30 in) N

P
SCIA7203E

Revision: 2008 January AT-173 D40


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000002978557

COMPONENTS
QR25DE engine models

WCIA0687E

1. Insulator 2. A/T cross member 3. A/T fluid cooler tube


4. A/T fluid cooler tube bracket 5. Copper washers 6. A/T assembly
7. A/T fluid level gauge 8. O-ring 9. A/T fluid charging pipe
10. Self-sealing bolt
A. For tightening torque, refer to "IN-
STALLATION".
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".

Revision: 2008 January AT-174 D40


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi engine (2WD) models
A

AT

I
SCIA7419E

1. Self-sealing bolt 2. Engine mounting insulator (rear) 3. A/T cross member


J
4. Copper washer 5. Fluid cooler tube 6. Bracket
7. Front cross member 8. A/T assembly 9. O-ring
10. A/T fluid charging pipe 11. A/T fluid level gauge
K
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
: For tightening torque, refer to "INSTALLATION".
L

Revision: 2008 January AT-175 D40


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi engine (4WD) models

SCIA7125E

1. Self-sealing bolt 2. Engine mounting insulator (rear) 3. A/T cross member


4. Copper washer 5. Fluid cooler tube 6. Front cross member
7. Bracket 8. A/T assembly 9. O-ring
10. A/T fluid charging pipe 11. A/T fluid level gauge
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
: For tightening torque, refer to "INSTALLATION".

REMOVAL
Refer to the figure above for A/T assembly removal procedure.
CAUTION:
• When removing A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from
A/T assembly.
• Refer to the followings when removing crankshaft position sensor (POS).
- Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.
- Do not disassemble.
- Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area.
- Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
• When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of engine.
• When setting transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against drain plug.
• Refer to the followings when removing A/T assembly from vehicle.
- Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.
- Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack.
INSPECTION
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter

Revision: 2008 January AT-176 D40


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• After inserting a torque converter to a A/T, be sure to check dis-
tance “A” to ensure it is within the reference value limit. A

Distance “A” : 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more


B

AT

SCIA5694E

D
INSTALLATION
Install the removed parts in the reverse order of the removal, while paying attention to the following work.
• When installing A/T assembly to engine assembly, tighten bolts to the specified torque using sequence
shown. E
- QR25DE engine models

Bolt No. 1 2 3 F
Number of bolts 4 1 6

Bolt length G
60 (2.36) 65 (2.56)
mm (in)
Tightening torque
35 (3.6, 26) 75 (7.7, 55)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
H
WCIA0505E

- YD25DDTi engine models I

Bolt No. 1 2*
Number of bolts 9 1
J

Tightening torque
44 (4.5, 32)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
K
*: Tightening the bolt with air breather tube bracket.

SCIA7217E
L

• Align the positions of tightening bolts for drive plate with those of
the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then, M
tighten the bolts with the specified torque. Refer to "COMPO-
NENTS".
CAUTION: N
• When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the
front of engine.
• When tightening the tightening bolts for the torque converter
after fixing the crankshaft pulley bolts, be sure to confirm the O
tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley mounting bolts.
• After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft
SCIA6828E
several turns and check to be sure that A/T rotates freely with- P
out binding.
• Install crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-75, "Components" (QR25DE), EM-140, "Component"
(YD25DDTi).
• After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage, A/T fluid level, and A/T positions of A/T. Refer to AT-14,
"Checking A/T Fluid", AT-155, "Checking of A/T Position".

Revision: 2008 January AT-177 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OVERHAUL
Component INFOID:0000000002978558

QR25DE models

WCIA0661E

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring


4. Oil pump housing 5. Self-sealing bolt 6. Torque converter
7. Converter housing 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 9. Bearing race

Revision: 2008 January AT-178 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Needle bearing 11. O-ring 12. Front carrier assembly
13. Needle bearing 14. Snap ring 15. Front sun gear A
16. 3rd one-way clutch 17. Snap ring 18. Bearing race
19. Needle bearing 20. Seal ring 21. Input clutch assembly
22. Needle bearing 23. Rear internal gear 24. Brake band B
25. Mid carrier assembly 26. Needle bearing 27. Bearing race
28. Rear carrier assembly 29. Needle bearing 30. Mid sun gear
31. Seal ring 32. Rear sun gear 33. 1st one-way clutch
AT
34. Snap ring 35. Needle bearing 36. High and low reverse clutch hub
37. Snap ring 38. Bearing race 39. Needle bearing
A. For tightening torque, refer to AT-212, "Assembly (2)".
D
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
E
: Apply Liquid Gasket (Three Bond 1215) or equivalent.

Revision: 2008 January AT-179 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi models

SCIA8028E

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring


4. Oil pump housing 5. Self-sealing bolt 6. Torque converter
7. Converter housing 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 9. Bearing race
10. Needle bearing 11. O-ring 12. Front carrier assembly
13. Needle bearing 14. Snap ring 15. Front sun gear
16. 3rd one-way clutch 17. Snap ring 18. Bearing race
19. Needle bearing 20. Seal ring 21. Input clutch assembly

Revision: 2008 January AT-180 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
22. Needle bearing 23. Rear internal gear 24. Brake band
25. Mid carrier assembly 26. Needle bearing 27. Bearing race A
28. Rear carrier assembly 29. Needle bearing 30. Mid sun gear
31. Seal ring 32. Rear sun gear 33. 1st one-way clutch
34. Snap ring 35. Needle bearing 36. High and low reverse clutch hub B
37. Snap ring 38. Bearing race 39. Needle bearing
A. For tightening torque, refer to AT-212, "Assembly (2)".
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
AT
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
: Apply Liquid Gasket (Three Bond 1215) or equivalent.
D

Revision: 2008 January AT-181 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
QR25DE models

JSDIA0308ZZ

1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. High and low reverse clutch as-
sembly
4. Needle bearing 5. Direct clutch assembly 6. Reverse brake dish plate
7. Reverse brake driven plate 8. N-spring 9. Reverse brake drive plate
10. Reverse brake retaining plate 11. Snap ring 12. D-ring
13. D-ring 14. Reverse brake piston 15. Return spring

Revision: 2008 January AT-182 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
16. Spring retainer 17. Snap ring
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component". A

YD25DDTi models
B

AT

SCIA6982E

1. Bearing race 2. High and low reverse clutch assembly 3. Needle bearing
4. Direct clutch assembly 5. Needle bearing 6. Reverse brake dish plate
7. Reverse brake dish plate 8. Reverse brake driven plate 9. N-spring
10. Snap ring 11. Reverse brake retaining plate 12. Reverse brake drive plate

Revision: 2008 January AT-183 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
13. Snap ring 14. Spring retainer 15. Return spring
16. Reverse brake piston 17. D-ring 18. D-ring
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".

QR25DE models

JSDIA0740GB

1. Self-sealing bolt 2. Bracket 3. Bracket


4. Rear oil seal 5. Rear extension 6. Parking actuator support
7. Parking pawl 8. Return spring 9. Pawl shaft

Revision: 2008 January AT-184 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Seal ring 11. Needle bearing 12. Revolution sensor
13. Parking gear 14. Output shaft 15. Bearing race A
16. Needle bearing 17. Manual plate 18. Parking rod
19. Manual shaft oil seal 20. Manual shaft 21. O-ring
22. Band servo anchor end pin 23. Detent spring 24. Spacer B
25. Seal ring 26. Return spring 27. O-ring
28. Servo assembly 29. Snap ring 30. Snap ring
31. Sub-harness 32. Control valve with TCM 33. Bracket
AT
34. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 35. Oil pan 36. Magnet
37. Oil pan mounting bolt 38. Drain plug 39. Drain plug gasket
40. Oil pan gasket 41. Terminal cord assembly 42. O-ring
D
43. Retaining pin 44. Transmission case
A. For tightening torque, refer to AT-212, "Assembly (2)".
E
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
*
: Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent.
F

Revision: 2008 January AT-185 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi models for 2WD

JPDIA0708GB

1. Bracket 2. Rear oil seal 3. Self-sealing bolt


4. Rear extension 5. Parking actuator support 6. Parking pawl
7. Return spring 8. Pawl shaft 9. Seal ring
10. Needle bearing 11. Revolution sensor 12. Parking gear
13. Output shaft 14. Bearing race 15. Needle bearing
16. Manual plate 17. Parking rod 18. Manual shaft oil seal

Revision: 2008 January AT-186 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
19. Manual shaft 20. O-ring 21. Band servo anchor end pin
22. Detent spring 23. Spacer 24. Seal ring A
25. Snap ring 26. Return spring 27. O-ring
28. Servo assembly 29. Snap ring 30. Sub-harness
31. Control valve with TCM 32. Bracket 33. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 B
34. Clip 35. Oil pan mounting bolt 36. Oil pan
37. Magnet 38. Drain plug 39. Drain plug gasket
40. Oil pan gasket 41. Terminal cord assembly 42. O-ring
AT
43. Retaining pin 44. Transmission case
A. For tightening torque, refer to AT-212, "Assembly (2)".
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
D
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
*
: Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent.
E

Revision: 2008 January AT-187 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi models for 4WD

JPDIA0709GB

1. Self-sealing bolt 2. Terminal bracket 3. Adapter case


4. Parking actuator support 5. Parking pawl 6. Return spring
7. Pawl shaft 8. Rear oil seal 9. Seal ring
10. Needle bearing 11. Gasket 12. Revolution sensor
13. Parking gear 14. Output shaft 15. Bearing race
16. Needle bearing 17. Manual plate 18. Parking rod

Revision: 2008 January AT-188 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
19. Manual shaft oil seal 20. Manual shaft 21. O-ring
22. Band servo anchor end pin 23. Detent spring 24. Spacer A
25. Seal ring 26. Return spring 27. O-ring
28. Servo assembly 29. Snap ring 30. Snap ring
31. Sub-harness 32. Control valve with TCM 33. Bracket B
34. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 35. Clip 36. Oil pan mounting bolt
37. Oil pan 38. Magnet 39. Drain plug
40. Drain plug gasket 41. Oil pan gasket 42. Terminal cord assembly
AT
43. O-ring 44. Retaining pin 45. Transmission case
A. For tightening torque, refer to AT-212, "Assembly (2)".
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
D

Revision: 2008 January AT-189 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Oil Channel INFOID:0000000002978559

2WD models

SCIA5185E

Revision: 2008 January AT-190 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4WD models
A

AT

SCIA5189E

Revision: 2008 January AT-191 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Location of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings
INFOID:0000000002978560

QR25DE models

SCIA7019E

Revision: 2008 January AT-192 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi models for 2WD
A

AT

SCIA7317E

Revision: 2008 January AT-193 D40


OVERHAUL
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi models for 4WD

SCIA7336E

Revision: 2008 January AT-194 D40


DISASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DISASSEMBLY
A
Disassembly INFOID:0000000002978561

The following descriptions are the difference from A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL. Refer to A/T (RE5R05A) B
UNIT MANUAL for information other than the following information.
• Remove converter housing according to the following procedure.
1. Remove tightening bolts (1) for converter housing and transmis-
sion case. AT

2 : Self-sealing bolt
: Bolt D
2. Remove converter housing from transmission case.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch converter housing. E

SCIA8029E
F
• Remove oil pan, oil pan gasket and clips according to the following procedure.
1. Remove clips (1) (for YD25DDTi models), oil pan (2) and oil pan
gasket. G

3 : Drain plug
: Front H
: Oil pan mounting bolt

• Disconnect control valve with TCM according to the following pro- I


cedure.

SCIA8068E
J
1. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector (A).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector. K
2. Straighten terminal clips ( ) to free terminal cord assembly and
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
L

SCIA8124E

N
3. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.
O

SCIA7524E

Revision: 2008 January AT-195 D40


DISASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Straighten terminal clip to free revolution sensor harness.

SCIA7525E

5. Remove bolts (A), (B) and (C) from control valve with TCM.

: Front

SCIA8077E

6. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.


CAUTION:
When removing, be careful with manual valve notch and
manual plate height. Remove it vertically.

SCIA5260E

• Remove rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to the
following procedures.
2WD models
1. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans-
mission case.

1 : Bracket (for QR25DE models)


2 : Bracket
3 : Self-sealing bolt
A : Bolt

JSDIA0293ZZ

Revision: 2008 January AT-196 D40


DISASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer.
A

AT

SCIA5028E

D
3. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With
needle bearing.)
E

G
SCIA5029E

4. Remove bearing race from output shaft. H

K
SCIA5245E

5. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/


L
right.

SCIA5030E
O

Revision: 2008 January AT-197 D40


DISASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Remove parking gear from output shaft.

SCIA5247E

7. Remove seal rings from output shaft.

SCIA5209E

4WD models
1. Remove tightening bolts (1) for adapter case assembly and
transmission case. [With terminal bracket (2).]

3 : Self-sealing bolt

SCIA7220E

Revision: 2008 January AT-198 D40


DISASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Tap adapter case assembly using a soft hammer.
A

AT

SCIA5204E

D
3. Remove adapter case assembly from transmission case. (With
needle bearing)
E

G
SCIA5205E

4. Remove gasket from transmission case. H

K
SCIA5231E

5. Remove bearing race from output shaft.


L

SCIA5245E
O

Revision: 2008 January AT-199 D40


DISASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/
right.

SCIA5030E

7. Remove parking gear from output shaft.

SCIA5247E

8. Remove seal rings from output shaft.

SCIA5209E

Revision: 2008 January AT-200 D40


DISASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Remove rear oil seal from rear extension (2WD models) or adapter
case (4WD models). A
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch adapter case.
B

AT

G
SCIA7219E

Revision: 2008 January AT-201 D40


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump INFOID:0000000002978562

NOTE:
The following descriptions are the difference from A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL. Refer to A/T (RE5R05A)
UNIT MANUAL for information other than the following information.
COMPONENTS

SCIA6920E

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring


4. Oil pump housing 5. Oil pump housing oil seal

Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear INFOID:0000000002978563

NOTE:
The following descriptions are the difference from A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL. Refer to A/T (RE5R05A)
UNIT MANUAL for information other than the following information.
COMPONENTS

Revision: 2008 January AT-202 D40


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

AT

L
SCIA7070E

1. Seal ring 2. O-ring 3. Needle bearing M


4. Bearing race 5. Front carrier assembly 6. Needle bearing
7. Snap ring 8. Snap ring 9. Retaining plate
10. Driven plate 11. Input clutch drum 12. Drive plate N
13. Rear internal gear
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
O
DISASSEMBLY

Revision: 2008 January AT-203 D40


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Remove needle bearing from front carrier assembly.

SCIA5233E

ASSEMBLY
• Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in input clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
- QR25DE models

1 : Snap ring
2 : Retaining plate
3 : Drive plate
4 : Driven plate
5/5 : Drive plate / Driven plate

WCIA0688E

- YD25DDTi models

1 : Snap ring
2 : Retaining plate
3 : Drive plate
4 : Driven plate
7/7 : Drive plate / Driven plate

SCIA7133E

• Install needle bearing in front carrier assembly.


CAUTION:
Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to AT-192,
"Location of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Wash-
ers and Snap Rings".

SCIA5233E

Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub INFOID:0000000002978564

NOTE:
The following descriptions are the difference from A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL. Refer to A/T (RE5R05A)
UNIT MANUAL for information other than the following information.
COMPONENTS

Revision: 2008 January AT-204 D40


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi models
A

AT

SCIA7072E F

1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. Snap ring


4. High and low reverse clutch hub 5. Needle bearing 6. Snap ring
G
7. 1st one-way clutch 8. Rear sun gear 9. Seal ring
10. Mid sun gear
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-7, "Component".
H
DISASSEMBLY
• Remove needle bearing and bearing races from high and low
reverse clutch hub. I

SCIA5238E
L
ASSEMBLY
• Install needle bearing and bearing races to high and low reverse
clutch hub.
CAUTION: M
Take care with order of bearing races.

SCIA5238E

Direct Clutch INFOID:0000000002978566 P

NOTE:
The following descriptions are the difference from A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL. Refer to A/T (RE5R05A)
UNIT MANUAL for information other than the following information.
COMPONENTS

Revision: 2008 January AT-205 D40


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
YD25DDTi models

SCIA7213E

1. Direct clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate


4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate

ASSEMBLY
• Install driven plates, drive plates and retaining plate in direct clutch
drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.

SCIA5243E

Revision: 2008 January AT-206 D40


ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
ASSEMBLY
A
Assembly (1) INFOID:0000000002978567

NOTE: B
The following descriptions are the difference from A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL. Refer to A/T (RE5R05A)
UNIT MANUAL for information other than the following information.
• Install reverse brake dish plates, driven plates and drive plates in transmission case.
CAUTION: AT
Take care with order and direction of plates.
- QR25DE models
D

J
SCIA5731E

- YD25DDTi models
K
1 : Snap ring
2 : Retaining plate
L
3 : Drive plate
4 : Driven plate
5 : Driven plate
M
6 : Dish plate
7 : Dish plate
7/7 (1+6) : Drive plate / Driven plate SCIA8087E
N

Revision: 2008 January AT-207 D40


ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• As shown in the figure, drive to rear oil seal into rear extension
(2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models) until it is flush using
a drift.

SCIA7221E

• Install rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to the fol-
lowing procedures.
2WD models
1. Install seal rings to output shaft.

SCIA5209E

2. Install parking gear to output shaft.

SCIA5247E

Revision: 2008 January AT-208 D40


ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Install output shaft in transmission case.
CAUTION: A
Be careful not to mistake front for rear because both sides
look similar. (Thinner end is front side.)
B

AT

SCIA5030E

D
4. Install bearing race to output shaft.

G
SCIA5245E

5. Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent to H


rear extension assembly as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc. I
from the transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces.
J

K
SCIA8156E

6. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case.


L
CAUTION:
Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pawl and
the parking actuator support when assembling the rear
extension assembly. M

SCIA5029E
O

Revision: 2008 January AT-209 D40


ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Tighten rear extension assembly mounting bolts to specified
torque. Refer to AT-178, "Component".

1 : Bracket (for QR25DE models)


2 : Bracket
3 : Self-sealing bolt
A : Bolt

JSDIA0293ZZ

4WD models
1. Install seal rings to output shaft.

SCIA5209E

2. Install parking gear to output shaft.

SCIA5247E

3. Install output shaft in transmission case.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to mistake front for rear because both sides
look similar. (Thinner end is front side.)

SCIA5030E

Revision: 2008 January AT-210 D40


ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Install bearing race to output shaft.
A

AT

SCIA5245E

D
5. Install gasket onto transmission case.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. E
from the transmission case and adapter case assembly
mounting surfaces.
F

G
SCIA5231E

6. Install adapter case assembly to transmission case. H


CAUTION:
Insert the tip of parking rod between parking pawl and park-
ing actuator support when assembling adapter case assem- I
bly.

K
SCIA5205E

Revision: 2008 January AT-211 D40


ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Tighten adapter case assembly mounting bolts (1) to the speci-
fied torque [With terminal bracket (2)]. Refer to AT-178, "Compo-
nent".

3 : Self-sealing bolt

SCIA7220E

Assembly (2) INFOID:0000000002978568

NOTE:
The following descriptions are the difference from A/T (RE5R05A) UNIT MANUAL. Refer to A/T (RE5R05A)
UNIT MANUAL for information other than the following information.
• Install converter housing to transmission case. Tighten converter
housing bolts (1) to the specified torque. Refer to AT-178, "Compo-
nent".

: Bolt

- CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolts (2).

SCIA8029E

• Install control valve with TCM according to the following procedure.


1. Install bolts (A), (B) and (C) to control valve with TCM. Tighten
bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After that
tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to AT-178, "Component".

: Front

Bolt symbol A B C
Number of bolts 5 6 1
SCIA8078E
Bolt being 40 Bolt being 50
Length mm (in) 42 (1.65) 55 (2.17)
mm (1.57 in) mm (1.97 in)
With ATF ap-
Tightening torque plied
7.9 (0.81, 70) 7.9 (0.81, 70)
N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
7.9 (0.81, 70)

Revision: 2008 January AT-212 D40


ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector (A).
3. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera- A
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clips ( ).

AT

SCIA8124E

D
4. Connect revolution sensor connector.

G
SCIA7524E

5. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clip. H

K
SCIA7526E

• Install oil pan (2) (with oil pan gasket) and clips (1) (for YD25DDTi
L
models) to transmission case.

: Front
M
: Oil pan mounting bolt

CAUTION:
• Install it so that drain plug (3) comes to the position as N
shown in the figure.
• Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
• Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. SCIA8068E
from oil pan gasket mounting surface. O

Revision: 2008 January AT-213 D40


ASSEMBLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Measure distance “A” to make sure that torque converter is in
proper position.

Distance “A” : 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more

SCIA5694E

Revision: 2008 January AT-214 D40


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
General Specification INFOID:0000000002978569

B
QR25DE engine YD25DDTi engine
Applied model
2WD 4WD
Automatic transmission model RE5R05A AT
Transmission model code number 98X2C 96X4B 96X5C
Stall torque ratio 1.76 : 1 2.0 : 1
D
1st 3.842 3.827
2nd 2.353 2.368
3rd 1.529 1.520 E
Transmission gear ratio
4th 1.000 1.000
5th 0.839 0.834
Reverse 2.764 2.613
F
Recommended fluid Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J*
Fluid capacity 10.3 liter (9-1/8 Imp qt)
G
CAUTION:
• Use only Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J. Do not mix with other fluid.
• Using A/T fluid other than Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J will cause deterioration in driveability and A/T durability, and
may damage the A/T, which is not covered by the warranty. H
*: Refer to MA-14.

Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs INFOID:0000000002978572 I

2WD MODELS
J
Throttle Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Engine models
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D1
Full 49 – 53 80 – 88 125 – 135 194 – 204 190 – 200 115 – 125 69 – 77 32 – 38 K
throttle (30 – 33) (50 – 55) (78 – 84) (121 – 127) (118 – 124) (71 – 78) (43 – 48) (20 – 24)
QR25DE
Half 36 – 40 59 – 65 91 – 99 127 – 135 99 – 107 63 – 71 44 – 50 11 – 15
throttle (22 – 25) (37 – 40) (57 – 62) (79 – 84) (62 – 66) (39 – 44) (27 – 31) (7 – 9) L
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Throttle Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) M


Engine models Final ratio
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D1
Full 39 – 43 63 – 71 99 – 109 146 – 156 142 – 152 89 – 99 50 – 58 21 – 25
throttle (24 – 27) (39 – 44) (62 – 68) (91 – 97) (88 – 94) (55 – 62) (31 – 36) (13 – 16) N
3.357
Half 33 – 37 53 – 59 84 – 92 115 – 123 86 – 94 57 – 65 37 – 43 8 – 12
throttle (21 – 23) (33 – 37) (52 – 57) (71 – 76) (53 – 58) (35 – 40) (23 – 27) (5 – 7)
YD25DDTi O
Full 32 – 36 52 – 60 82 – 92 125 – 135 121 – 131 72 – 82 39 – 47 11 – 15
throttle (20 – 22) (32 – 37) (51 – 57) (78 – 84) (75 – 81) (45 – 51) (24 – 29) (7 – 9)
3.916
Half 28 – 32 45 – 51 71 – 79 98 – 106 73 – 81 49 – 57 31 – 37 6 – 10
throttle (17 – 20) (28 – 32) (44 – 49) (61 – 66) (45 – 50) (30 – 35) (19 – 23) (4 – 6) P
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

4WD MODELS

Revision: 2008 January AT-215 D40


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Throttle Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Engine models Final ratio
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D1
Full 38 – 42 61 – 69 97 – 107 143 – 153 139 – 149 87 – 97 49 – 57 21 – 25
throttle (24 – 26) (38 – 43) (60 – 66) (89 – 95) (86 – 93) (54 – 60) (30 – 35) (13 – 16)
3.538
Half 32 – 36 52 – 58 82 – 90 119 – 127 83 – 91 56 – 64 36 – 42 8 – 12
throttle (20 – 22) (32 – 36) (51 – 56) (74 – 79) (52 – 57) (35 – 40) (22 – 26) (5 – 7)
YD25DDTi
Full 31 – 35 48 – 56 76 – 86 115 – 125 111 – 121 66 – 76 33 – 41 10 – 14
throttle (19 – 22) (30 – 35) (47 – 53) (71 – 78) (69 – 75) (41 – 47) (21 – 25) (6 – 9)
4.363
Half 26 – 30 42 – 48 65 – 73 96 – 104 66 – 74 45 – 53 29 – 35 6 – 10
throttle (16 – 19) (26 – 30) (40 – 45) (60 – 65) (41 – 46) (28 – 33) (18 – 22) (4 – 6)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases INFOID:0000000002978573

2WD MODELS

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Engine models Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 56 – 64 (35 – 40) 53 – 61 (33 – 38)
QR25DE
Half throttle 161 – 169 (100 – 105) 127 – 135 (79 – 84)
• At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Engine models Final ratio Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 71 – 79 (44 – 49) 68 – 76 (42 – 47)
3.357
Half throttle 140 – 148 (87 – 92) 125 – 133 (78 – 83)
YD25DDTi
Closed throttle 60 – 68 (37 – 42) 57 – 65 (35 – 40)
3.916
Half throttle 119 – 127 (74 – 79) 106 – 114 (66 – 71)
• At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

4WD MODELS

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Engine models Final ratio Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 69 – 77 (43 – 48) 66 – 74 (41 – 46)
3.538
Half throttle 137 – 145 (85 – 90) 122 – 130 (76 – 81)
YD25DDTi
Closed throttle 56 – 64 (35 – 40) 53 – 61 (33 – 38)
4.363
Half throttle 110 – 118 (68 – 73) 98 – 106 (61 – 66)
• At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
• At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Stall Speed INFOID:0000000002978570

Engine model QR25DE YD25DDTi


Stall speed 2.350 – 2.650 rpm 2,700 – 3,100 rpm

Revision: 2008 January AT-216 D40


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Line Pressure INFOID:0000000002978571

Line pressure kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)


Engine speed
“R” position “D” position B
At idle speed 425 – 465 (4.3 – 4.6, 4.4 – 4.7, 62 – 67) 379 – 428 (3.8 – 4.2, 3.9 – 4.3, 55 – 62)
At stall speed 1,605 – 1,950 (16.0 – 19.5, 16.4 – 19.8, 233 – 282) 1,310 – 1,500 (13.1 – 15.0, 13.4 – 15.3, 190 – 217)
AT
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000002978574

D
Name Condition CONSULT-III “DATA MONITOR” (Approx.) Resistance (Approx.)
0°C (32°F) 3.3 V 15 kΩ
ATF TEMP SE 1 20°C (68°F) 2.7 V 6.5 kΩ E
80°C (176°F) 0.9 V 0.9 kΩ
0°C (32°F) 3.3 V 10 kΩ
F
ATF TEMP SE 2 20°C (68°F) 2.5 V 4 kΩ
80°C (176°F) 0.7 V 0.5 kΩ

Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) INFOID:0000000002978575


G

Name Condition Data (Approx.) H


Revolution sensor When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH). 185 Hz

Turbine Revolution Sensor INFOID:0000000002978576 I

Data (Ap-
Name Condition J
prox.)
Turbine revolution
When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”.
sensor 1
1.3 kHz K
Turbine revolution
When running at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”.
sensor 2

Reverse Brake INFOID:0000000002978577 L

Transmission model cord number 98X2C 96X4B, 96X5C


M
Number of drive plates 5 7
Number of driven plates 5 7 (1+6)
Clearance mm (in) Standard 0.7 – 1.1 (0.028 – 0.043) N
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Total End Play INFOID:0000000002978578


O

Total end play mm (in) 0.25 – 0.55 (0.0098 – 0.0217)


P

Revision: 2008 January AT-217 D40

You might also like